diff options
author | Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org> | 2013-10-09 22:30:21 +0200 |
---|---|---|
committer | Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org> | 2013-10-09 22:30:49 +0200 |
commit | 1d3d422748c2a174bb72f7155689f185ce46c991 (patch) | |
tree | 8321787ae4a8ee02faf5ac7e7ea2ad9440db963d | |
parent | a2950f1a8a6bc8ede6914db50a6413d7c6ed0202 (diff) | |
download | tools-1d3d422748c2a174bb72f7155689f185ce46c991.tar tools-1d3d422748c2a174bb72f7155689f185ce46c991.tar.gz tools-1d3d422748c2a174bb72f7155689f185ce46c991.tar.bz2 tools-1d3d422748c2a174bb72f7155689f185ce46c991.tar.xz tools-1d3d422748c2a174bb72f7155689f185ce46c991.zip |
started nl.po
-rw-r--r-- | docs/mcc-help/nl.po | 11299 |
1 files changed, 11299 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..62406663 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po @@ -0,0 +1,11299 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2013, Mageia +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. +# Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>, 2013. + +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-09 20:58+0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-09 22:17+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <i18n-nl@nl.mageia.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11 +msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories" +msgstr "Toegang tot gedeelde stations en mappen over WebDAV" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14 +msgid "diskdrake --dav" +msgstr "diskdrake --dav" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"diskdrake--dav1.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"diskdrake--dav-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"diskdrake--dav1.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"diskdrake--dav-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"U kunt dit hulpmiddel op de commandoregel starten, door als root " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> te typen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " +"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " +"WebDAV shares</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Dit gereedschap<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vindt u in het " +"Mageia Configuratiecentrum, onder de \"Gedeeld netwerk\" tab, onder het " +"label <guilabel>Gedeelde WebDAV-bronnen configureren</guilabel>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 en/system-config-printer.xml:21 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introductie" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32 +msgid "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a " +"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it " +"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " +"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " +"server." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is een " +"protocol dat het mogelijk maakt een map op een webserver lokaal te koppelen, " +"zodat het zich als een lokale map gedraagt. Voorwaarde is, dat de externe " +"machine een WebDAV server draait. Het configureren van een WebDAV server is " +"niet het doel van dit gereedschap." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 +msgid "Creating a new entry" +msgstr "Een nieuwe ingang maken" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42 +msgid "" +"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " +"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new " +"entry. Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." +msgstr "" +"Het eerste scherm van het hulpmiddel laat de reeds geconfigureerde ingangen " +"zien, indien aanwezig, en een <guibutton>\"Nieuw\"</guibutton> toets. Gebruik " +"die om een nieuwe ingang te creëren. Geef de URL van de server in het nieuwe " +"scherm." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " +"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." +msgstr "" +"Vervolgens krijgt u een scherm met keuzerondjes waar u bepaalde acties kunt " +"selecteren. Ga, door het betreffende keuzerondje te selecteren en dan op <" +"guibutton>\"OK\"</guibutton> te klikken, verder met de actie <guibutton>" +"\"Koppelpunt\"</guibutton>. De <guibutton>Server</guibutton> is reeds " +"geconfigureerd. Indien nodig kunt u deze echter corrigeren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:53 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--dav3.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--dav3.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58 +msgid "" +"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " +"point." +msgstr "De inhoud van de externe map zal via dit koppelpunt toegankelijk zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 +msgid "" +"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " +"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." +msgstr "" +"Geef in de volgende stap, na het keuzerondje \"Opties\" te selecteren, uw " +"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord. Indien u nog andere opties nodig heeft, klik " +"dan in het Koppel-opties-scherm op <guibutton>\"Geavanceerd\"</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:66 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--dav4.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--dav4.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71 +msgid "" +"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " +"access." +msgstr "" +"Het keuzerondje <guibutton>Koppelen</guibutton> laat u de externe map " +"onmiddellijk aankoppelen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 +msgid "" +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " +"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and you new " +"mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are " +"asked to save or not the modifications in " +"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " +"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " +"one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" +"Nadat u de configuratie geaccepteerd heeft door op het keuzerondje <guibutton>" +"\"Klaar\"</guibutton> te klikken, ziet u het beginscherm weer met uw nieuwe " +"koppelpunt erop. Als u <guibutton>\"Afsluiten\"</guibutton> kiest, wordt u " +"gevraagd of u de aanpassingen in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis> wilt " +"bewaren. Kies hiervoor als u wilt dat de externe map elke keer dat u uw " +"computer start, beschikbaar is. Kies \"Nee\" als uw configuratie slechts voor " +"éénmalig gebruik is." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 +msgid "Share your hard disk partitions" +msgstr "Uw schijfpartities delen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6 +msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" +msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--fileshare.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"diskdrake--fileshare-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--fileshare.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"diskdrake--fileshare-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> " +"</imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the " +"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " +"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " +"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 +msgid "" +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 +msgid "" +"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to " +"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " +"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " +"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"created by the system. You will be asked about this later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you " +"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. " +"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on " +"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " +"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " +"required packages will be installed if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 +msgid "" +"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen. In " +"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows " +"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " +"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " +"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 +msgid "" +"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " +"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 +msgid "" +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"have this facility." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:3 en/mcc-boot.xml:3 en/mcc-hardware.xml:2 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:3 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:2 en/mcc-networksharing.xml:2 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/mcc-security.xml:3 en/mcc-sharing.xml:2 en/mcc-system.xml:2 en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3 +msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6 +msgid "diskdrake --nfs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"2\" xml:id=\"diskdrake--nfs-im1\" " +"align=\"center\" fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " +"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " +"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " +"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at " +"boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session " +"for a user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 +msgid "Procedure" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " +"which share directories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " +"shared directories and select the directory you want to access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:46 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 +msgid "" +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:55 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs3.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60 +msgid "" +"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " +"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " +"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:66 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs4.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:72 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:71 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs5.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 +msgid "" +"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " +"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This " +"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " +"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " +"example in dolphin." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:84 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs6.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3 +msgid "CD/DVD burner" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3 +msgid "diskdrake --removable" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"diskdrake--removable-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"diskdrake--removable.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:12 en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12 en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 en/msecgui.xml:12 +msgid "" +"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 +msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14 +msgid "diskdrake --smb" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " +"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " +"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " +"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " +"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " +"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " +"have to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:51 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--smb2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56 +msgid "" +"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " +"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " +"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 +msgid "" +"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " +"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " +"with the same button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:65 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--smb3.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76 +msgid "" +"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " +"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " +"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " +"dolphin." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:83 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--smb5.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drak3d.xml:3 +msgid "3D Desktop Effects" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drak3d.xml:5 +msgid "drak3d" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drak3d.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drak3d-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" fileref=\"drak3d.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:18 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:17 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " +"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drak3d.xml:25 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:27 +msgid "" +"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " +"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " +"start." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:31 +msgid "" +"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " +"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " +"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " +"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " +"it on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:38 +msgid "" +"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " +"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drak3d.xml:44 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drak3d-im3\" " +"fileref=\"drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " +"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " +"for the changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:53 +msgid "" +"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " +"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drak3d.xml:59 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/drak3d.xml:62 +msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:64 +msgid "" +"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " +"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " +"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drak3d.xml:70 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:75 +msgid "" +"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " +"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakauth.xml:9 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakauth.xml:11 +msgid "drakauth" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakauth.xml:15 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"drakauth.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakauth-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakauth.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakauth.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakauth.xml:25 +msgid "" +"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " +"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " +"and give information about that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 +msgid "Set up boot system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:5 +msgid "drakboot --boot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"drakboot--boot.png\" " +"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"drakboot--boot-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 en/drakboot--boot.xml:126 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " +"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " +"boot, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +msgid "" +"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " +"up boot system\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " +"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +msgid "" +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " +"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The " +"boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " +"prevent you machine from booting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +msgid "" +"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " +"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in " +"seconds. During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available " +"operating systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is " +"made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +msgid "" +"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " +"possible to set a password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +msgid "" +"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " +"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " +"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " +"compatible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +msgid "" +"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " +"multicore processors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +msgid "" +"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " +"processor and enable SMP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " +"APIC:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +msgid "" +"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " +"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " +"APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses " +"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " +"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " +"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:78 +msgid "<guibutton>Clean /tmp at each boot:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +msgid "" +"If checked, this option will empty the /tmp directory at each boot, " +"preventing it from become too big and clearing the trackings that don't need " +"to be kept." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:85 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakboot1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 +msgid "" +"In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:99 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " +"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " +"example: Mageia3." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " +"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:111 +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " +"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " +"the kernel at boot time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:118 +msgid "" +"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " +"entry by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:121 +msgid "" +"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"chose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " +"file and a Network profile in the drop-down lists. (Complements needed)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakboot.xml:3 +msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakboot.xml:6 +msgid "drakboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakboot.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakboot-im1\" " +"fileref=\"drakboot.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to " +"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " +"asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " +"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:22 +msgid "" +"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " +"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:26 +msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " +"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " +"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " +"possible to launch the graphic interface manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:33 +msgid "" +"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " +"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " +"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakclock.xml:3 +msgid "Manage date and time" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakclock.xml:5 +msgid "drakclock" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakclock.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakclock.png\" xml:id=\"drakclock-im1\" " +"revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " +"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " +"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:21 +msgid "It's a very simple tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:23 +msgid "" +"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. On the screenshot above, the date is " +"September (on the upper left), 2012 (on the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) " +"and it is a Sunday. Select the month (or year) by clicking on the little " +"arrows on each side of September (or 2012). Select the day by clicking on " +"its number." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:29 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " +"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " +"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:34 +msgid "" +"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " +"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:40 +msgid "" +"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " +"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " +"nearest town." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 +msgid "Remove a connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 +msgid "drakconnect --del" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakconnect--del-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakconnect--del.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 +msgid "" +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 +msgid "" +"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " +"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " +"successfully." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:3 +msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:6 +msgid "drakconnect" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakconnect-im1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakconnect.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:19 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:18 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " +"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " +"your access provider or your network administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " +"and provider you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:30 +msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162 +msgid "" +"The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " +"to configure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 +msgid "" +"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 +msgid "Automatic IP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:48 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:61 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect5.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 +msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 +msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 +msgid "the DHCP client" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 +msgid "DHCP timeout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 +msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 +msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 +msgid "" +"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " +"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP " +"address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 +msgid "" +"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " +"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:115 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " +"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " +"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " +"attributed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 +msgid "" +"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your service provider's website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:126 +msgid "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be " +"\"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define " +"this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need this setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:135 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect30.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351 en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 en/drakconnect.xml:780 +msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:150 +msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 +msgid "" +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:158 +msgid "A new Cable modem connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:172 +msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:176 +msgid "None" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:180 +msgid "" +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:191 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:252 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " +"attributed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:263 +msgid "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be " +"\"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define " +"this setting. Again, domestic connection would not need this setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:272 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect32.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:287 +msgid "A new DSL connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:291 +msgid "" +"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " +"configure it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 +msgid "" +"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 +msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:307 +msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:311 +msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:315 +msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:319 +msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:323 +msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:329 +msgid "Access settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 +msgid "Account Login (user name)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 +msgid "Account password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:341 +msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:345 +msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:357 +msgid "A new ISDN connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706 +msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:365 +msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:369 +msgid "External ISDN modem" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:375 +msgid "" +"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and " +"manufacturer. Select your card." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:384 +msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:389 +msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:395 +msgid "" +"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " +"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:402 +msgid "Connection name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:406 +msgid "Phone number" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:410 +msgid "Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:418 +msgid "Authentication method" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:424 +msgid "" +"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " +"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:430 +msgid "" +"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:436 +msgid "Domain name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:440 +msgid "First and second DNS Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:444 +msgid "" +"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " +"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:452 +msgid "" +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:464 +msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:468 +msgid "" +"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " +"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " +"only if the other configuration methods did not work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:475 +msgid "" +"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " +"the card has detected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:480 +msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:483 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect31.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:490 +msgid "Operating mode:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:494 +msgid "Managed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:497 +msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:503 +msgid "Ad-Hoc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:506 +msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:514 +msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:518 +msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:523 +msgid "WPA/WPA2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:526 +msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:532 +msgid "WEP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:535 +msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:543 +msgid "Encryption key" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:545 +msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:552 +msgid "" +"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " +"manual IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:561 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " +"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is " +"specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The " +"Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:589 +msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:608 +msgid "" +"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " +"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:619 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:625 +msgid "" +"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your providers website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:630 +msgid "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " +"before the period." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:644 +msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:648 +msgid "" +"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " +"configure it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:653 +msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:658 +msgid "" +"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:670 +msgid "Provide access settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:674 +msgid "Access Point Name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:694 +msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:702 +msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:710 +msgid "Manual choice" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:714 +msgid "Detected hardware, if any." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:720 +msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:724 +msgid "" +"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " +"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:729 +msgid "" +"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider " +"gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:736 +msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:740 +msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:744 +msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:748 +msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:752 +msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:756 +msgid "PAP/CHAP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:760 +msgid "Script-based" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:764 +msgid "PAP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:768 +msgid "Terminal-based" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:772 +msgid "CHAP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:786 +msgid "Ending the configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:788 +msgid "In the next step, you can specify:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:792 +msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:796 +msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:800 +msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:804 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:809 +msgid "" +"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " +"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " +"automatically between access point according to the signal strength." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:816 +msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:820 +msgid "Metric (10 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:824 +msgid "MTU" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:828 +msgid "Network Hotplugging" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:832 +msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:836 +msgid "" +"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " +"immediately or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:840 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect9.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakconsole.xml:3 +msgid "Open a console as administrator" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakconsole.xml:5 +msgid "drakconsole" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakconsole.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakconsole-im1\" " +"fileref=\"drakconsole.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakconsole.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakconsole.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:8 +msgid "Manage disk partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:10 +msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:14 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakdiskBackup-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"drakdiskBackup.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:20 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " +"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " +"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " +"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " +"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:34 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"drakdisk-im1\" fileref=\"drakdisk.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:39 +msgid "" +"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " +"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " +"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " +"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " +"partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " +"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " +"must be unmounted first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:51 +msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:53 +msgid "" +"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to " +"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " +"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " +"is selected" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:58 +msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:62 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakdiskMountedPartition-im1\" " +"revision=\"1\" fileref=\"drakdiskMountedPartition.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " +"gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " +"seen in the screenshot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:72 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakedm.xml:5 +msgid "Set up display manager" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakedm.xml:7 +msgid "drakedm" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakedm.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakedm-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakedm.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakedm.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakedm.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakedm.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look " +"different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM " +"is a lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 +msgid "Set up your personal firewall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5 +msgid "drakfirewall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"drakfirewall.png\" " +"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"drakfirewall-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " +"firewall\". it is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " +"security, permissions and audit\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 +msgid "" +"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " +"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " +"the firewall, and only check the needed services." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 +msgid "" +"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " +"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " +"examples :" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 +msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 +msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 +msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39 +msgid "" +"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " +"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:43 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakfirewall2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " +"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " +"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature " +"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box " +"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " +"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " +"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 +msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:68 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakfirewall3.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:74 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakfirewall4.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 +msgid "" +"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 +msgid "" +"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " +"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "DrakFloppy: Creating a Boot Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:8 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:725 +msgid "boot disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><abstract><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:10 +msgid "creating" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><abstract><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:12 +msgid "applications" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><abstract><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:14 +msgid "DrakFloppy" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><abstract><para><inlinemediaobject> +#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../drakfloppy-icon.png\" " +"width=\"2cm\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><abstract><para> +#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"1\"/><placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>If you did not " +"create a boot disk when you installed your system, this tool allows you to " +"do so. This is also a rescue disk which allows you to perform maintenance " +"tasks on your system in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:28 +msgid "Using DrakFloppy" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:31 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a <quote>default</quote> boot disk, that is, one that " +"is based on your current kernel, all you have to do is insert a floppy disk " +"in the appropriate floppy drive, select that drive from the " +"<guilabel>Device</guilabel> pull-down list and press the " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> button. A dialog will pop up and remind you that a " +"diskette must be inserted in the drive. Accept it to create the disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If you want to customize your boot disk, you will have to hit the " +"<guibutton>Preferences</guibutton> button and a window will pop up (see " +"<xref linkend=\"drakfloppy-custom-disk\"></xref>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:47 +msgid "Making a Custom Boot Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:51 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"2\" " +"fileref=\"drakfloppy-custom-disk.png\" align=\"center\" width=\"11.5cm\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakfloppy-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:46 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:25 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:158 en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:9 en/scannerdrake.xml:86 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" " +"id=\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:57 +msgid "" +"The window has two sections: one containing check boxes with options for " +"<command>mkinitrd</command>, and another one with the modules " +"<quote>tree</quote>. Select the modules you need to be added to the " +"floppy. In this example, we want to use the <acronym>IDE</acronym> tape " +"module and pre-load it. Use the <guibutton>Remove a module</guibutton> " +"button to remove the currently selected module. When you are done " +"customizing the boot disk press the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button, return " +"to <application>drakfloppy</application>'s window and then proceed as " +"indicated above to create the disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakfont.xml:3 +msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakfont.xml:6 +msgid "drakfont" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakfont.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakfont-im1\" " +"fileref=\"drakfont.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " +"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " +"above shows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:22 +msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:26 +msgid "a preview of the selected font." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:30 +msgid "some buttons explained here later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:36 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:38 +msgid "" +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:41 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:43 +msgid "" +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:46 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:48 +msgid "" +"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " +"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " +"documents that use them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:52 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " +"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " +"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " +"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " +"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakguard.xml:3 +msgid "Parental Controls" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakguard.xml:5 +msgid "drakguard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakguard.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakguard.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"drakguard-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " +"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " +"drakguard package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakguard.xml:21 +msgid "Presentation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " +"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " +"useful capabilities:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:29 +msgid "" +"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " +"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:35 +msgid "" +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " +"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " +"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " +"control blocker DansGuardian." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakguard.xml:49 +msgid "Configuring Parental controls" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:52 +msgid "" +"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, " +"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " +"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " +"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:61 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " +"control is enable and the Block programm tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:64 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " +"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " +"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:68 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have " +"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the " +"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are " +"not inconvenienced. Select an user in the left hand side and click " +"on<guibutton> Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " +"user in the right hand side and click on<guibutton> Remove</guibutton> to " +"remove him/her from the allowed users." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:76 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Time control: </guibutton>If checked, internet access is allowed " +"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " +"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " +"window.<guibutton/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/drakguard.xml:82 +msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:84 +msgid "" +"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/drakguard.xml:89 +msgid "Block Programs Tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:91 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"applications you wish to block." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:95 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " +"side will not be subject to acl blocking." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakgw.xml:9 +msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakgw.xml:12 +msgid "drakgw" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakgw.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"drakgw.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakgw-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakgw.xml:25 +msgid "Principles" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject> +#: en/drakgw.xml:28 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakgw-net.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:27 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a " +"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local " +"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to " +"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the " +"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " +"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " +"the Internet (2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:39 +msgid "" +"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " +"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakgw.xml:45 +msgid "Gateway wizard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:48 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:47 +msgid "" +"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " +"which are shown below:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:54 +msgid "" +"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " +"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:60 +msgid "" +"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " +"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " +"what is proposed is correct." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:66 +msgid "" +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:71 +msgid "" +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:78 +msgid "" +"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " +"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " +"specify the address of a DNS server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:84 +msgid "" +"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:91 +msgid "" +"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard " +"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " +"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " +"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:99 +msgid "" +"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " +"printers and to share them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:104 +msgid "" +"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakgw.xml:109 +msgid "Configure the client" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:111 +msgid "" +"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " +"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " +"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:117 +msgid "" +"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " +"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " +"gateway." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakgw.xml:123 +msgid "Stop connection sharing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:125 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " +"sharing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:3 +msgid "Hosts definitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:5 +msgid "drakhosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"drakhosts.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"drakhosts-im1\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed " +"IP-addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " +"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " +"instead of the IP-address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:20 +msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:22 +msgid "" +"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " +"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " +"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:27 +msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:29 +msgid "" +"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " +"same window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 +msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 +msgid "drakinvictus" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakinvictus-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakinvictus.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 +msgid "Network Center" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12 +msgid "draknetcenter" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"draknetcenter.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"draknetcenter-im1\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " +"Center\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 +msgid "" +"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:42 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenterEthernet-on.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:46 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenterEthernet-off.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:51 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenterWireless-off.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:55 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenterWireless-on.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39 +msgid "" +"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " +"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " +"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 +msgid "" +"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " +"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " +"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " +"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " +"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " +"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " +"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " +"key in particular)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 +msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:75 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84 +msgid "The Monitor button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:87 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter4.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92 +msgid "" +"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " +"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 +msgid "" +"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " +"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " +"gives details about connection status." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " +"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 +msgid "The Configure button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:113 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118 +msgid "" +"It is possible to change all the settings given during network " +"creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 +msgid "" +"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks " +"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " +"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " +"available from your providers website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count " +"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " +"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " +"have to reconnect to the network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " +"Manager:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 +msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:147 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter5.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154 +msgid "Only the item not already seen above are explained." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:157 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter3.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164 +msgid "" +"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access " +"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected. " +"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " +"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 +msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know this settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " +"in private networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 +msgid "" +"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " +"point while remaining connected to the network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:192 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter6.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201 +msgid "The Advanced Settings button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:208 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter7.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 +msgid "Manage different network profiles" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 +msgid "draknetprofile" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/draknetprofile.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"draknetprofile-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"draknetprofile.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:9 +msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draknfs.xml:11 +msgid "draknfs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/draknfs.xml:15 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draknfs.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draknfs-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:24 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:26 +msgid "" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:33 +msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:37 +msgid "" +"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:42 +msgid "Main window" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:44 +msgid "" +"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " +"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " +"configuration tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:50 +msgid "Modify entry" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:52 +msgid "" +"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " +"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draknfs.xml:57 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draknfs4.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draknfs-im4\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:64 +msgid "NFS Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " +"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:72 +msgid "Host access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " +"directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:77 +msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:79 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " +"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:83 +msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:86 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " +"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " +"domain cs.foo.edu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " +"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " +"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:96 +msgid "User ID Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:98 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " +"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:103 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root " +"squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients " +"(no_root_squash)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:107 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:113 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " +"the anonymous account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:118 +msgid "Advanced options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:120 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:124 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read " +"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " +"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " +"using this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:129 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " +"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " +"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:134 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " +"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " +"exports(5) man page for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:202 +msgid "Menu entries" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:143 +msgid "So far the list is has at least one entry." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draknfs.xml:146 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draknfs5.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draknfs-im5\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:208 +msgid "File|Write conf" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:155 +msgid "Save the current configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:159 +msgid "NFS Server|Restart" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:223 +msgid "" +"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:166 +msgid "NFS Server|Reload" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:230 +msgid "" +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " +"files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:10 +msgid "Proxy" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:12 +msgid "drakproxy" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"drakproxy.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakproxy-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:24 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:22 +msgid "" +"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:30 +msgid "" +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " +"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " +"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " +"simplify and control their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 +msgid "Configure Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5 +msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" +msgstr "" + +#. 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakrpm-edit-media-im1\" " +"fileref=\"drakrpm-edit-media.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 +msgid "" +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (as known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:17 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:32 en/XFdrake.xml:36 en/XFdrake.xml:75 en/XFdrake.xml:89 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Your system is running under an architecture than may be 32-bit called i586, " +"or 64-bit called x86_64. Take care to choose repositories that suit your " +"system or are not dependent of the architecture, these are called noarch " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:15 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:21 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:40 en/XFdrake.xml:79 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:30 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:28 +msgid "" +"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:34 +msgid "The columns" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:36 +msgid "Column Enable:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " +"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 +msgid "Column Update:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " +"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " +"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " +"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 +msgid "Column medium:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " +"versions contain at least:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " +"available supported by Mageia." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " +"which are not free" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " +"might be patent claims in some countries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:70 +msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " +"this version of Mageia was released." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " +"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " +"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:85 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " +"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"corrections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:99 +msgid "The buttons on the right" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:102 +msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +msgid "" +"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " +"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " +"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 +msgid "" +"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " +"proxy)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +msgid "" +"Add the official repositories available on the internet. These repositories " +"contains only sure and well tested software. Clicking on the add button " +"opens a pop up window giving the choices of installing the \"Update sources " +"only\" or the \"Full set of sources\". The first choice the essential, the " +"second is more useful." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:122 +msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:124 +msgid "" +"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " +"in the displayed order and will install the first found package (for a same " +"release number, if not, the last release will be installed). So if " +"possible, place the fastest repositories on the top." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:131 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +msgid "The menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:133 +msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 +msgid "" +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 +msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +msgid "" +"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them " +"out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " +"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " +"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " +"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:150 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakrpmEditMedia2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:155 +msgid "" +"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " +"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " +"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:160 +msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +msgid "" +"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " +"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:166 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " +"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " +"according to the medium type)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:173 +msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:175 +msgid "" +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " +"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " +"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"default-, update only, always or never)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +msgid "" +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " +"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:190 +msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:192 +msgid "" +"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakrpm-update.xml:3 +msgid "Software Packages Update (OLD)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakrpm-update.xml:3 +msgid "drakrpm-update" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-update.xml:8 +msgid "DON'T USE THIS FILE, USE MageiaUpdate.xml INSTEAD!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:10 +msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:13 +msgid "draksambashare" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:17 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some " +"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure " +"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " +"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " +"resources of the Samba server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:37 +msgid "Preparation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:39 +msgid "" +"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP " +"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with " +"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:43 +msgid "" +", or at the DHCP server which identifies the station with its MAC-address " +"and give it always the same address. The firewall has also to allow the " +"incoming requests to the Samba server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:51 +msgid "Wizard - Standalone server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:54 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:53 +msgid "" +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:61 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare0.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare0-im1\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:68 +msgid "" +"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:71 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare1.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare1-im1\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:78 +msgid "" +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:81 +msgid "" +"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " +"the network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:85 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare2.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare2-im1\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:92 +msgid "Choose the security mode:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " +"resource" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:101 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " +"each share" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:106 +msgid "" +"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " +"addess or host name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:110 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare3.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare3-im1\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:116 +msgid "" +"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " +"described in the Windows workstations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:120 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare4.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im4\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:127 +msgid "" +"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:131 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare5.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im5\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:138 +msgid "" +"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " +"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:143 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare6.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im6\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:152 +msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:155 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksambashare13.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:154 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain " +"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is " +"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " +"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " +"security mode:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:165 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " +"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " +"account repository is shared between (security) controllers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:174 +msgid "Declare a directory to share" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:176 +msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:179 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare15.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im7\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:185 +msgid "" +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " +"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether " +"the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " +"name can not be modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:191 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare16.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im8\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:204 +msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:210 +msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:215 +msgid "Samba server|Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:217 +msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:221 +msgid "Samba server|Restart" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:228 +msgid "Samba Server|Reload" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:236 +msgid "Printers share" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:238 +msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:241 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksambashare17.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:240 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89 en/rpmdrake.xml:42 en/rpmdrake.xml:147 en/rpmdrake.xml:157 en/rpmdrake.xml:167 en/rpmdrake.xml:177 en/rpmdrake.xml:187 en/rpmdrake.xml:222 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:248 +msgid "Samba users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:253 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksambashare18.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:250 +msgid "" +"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " +"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " +"linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draksec.xml:3 +msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draksec.xml:6 +msgid "draksec" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/draksec.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"draksec-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"draksec.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:20 +msgid "" +"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " +"usually done by the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " +"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " +"drop down list gives the choice between:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:29 +msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:34 +msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:39 +msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC " +"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:3 +msgid "Snapshots" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:3 +msgid "draksnapshot-config" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"draksnapshot-config-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"draksnapshot-config.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12 +msgid "" +"If you see the screen above when starting this tool, please close it. This " +"crash has been reported many times." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:14 +msgid "" +"You can read more about the problem in this bug report: <link " +"xlink:href=\"https://bugs.mageia.org/show_bug.cgi?id=3032\">bug 3032</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:17 +msgid "" +"We shall replace the screenshot with a correct one of the tool, and fill " +"this page with instructions about how to use it, when the bug is fixed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:20 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draksound.xml:3 +msgid "Sound Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draksound.xml:5 +msgid "draksound" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/draksound.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksound-im1\" " +"fileref=\"draksound.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " +"PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " +"sound problems or if you change the sound card." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:23 +msgid "" +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " +"API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " +"possible for its enhanced features." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:33 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:38 +msgid "" +"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:41 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " +"is also recommended to leave it enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new windows with three " +"buttons :" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/draksound.xml:48 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Draksound1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:53 +msgid "" +"The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " +"are doing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:56 +msgid "" +"The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " +"problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " +"the community for help." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakups.xml:3 +msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakups.xml:3 +msgid "drakups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakups.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakups-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakups.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakups.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:3 +msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:6 +msgid "drakvpn" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakvpn-im1\" " +"align=\"center\" fileref=\"drakvpn1.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:19 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:18 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure " +"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local " +"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the " +"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " +"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " +"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:30 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:32 +msgid "" +"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " +"protocol is used for your virtual private network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:35 +msgid "Then give your connection a name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:37 +msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:42 +msgid "For Cisco VPN" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:47 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakvpn3.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:54 +msgid "" +"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " +"first time the tools is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:58 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakvpn7.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:57 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " +"received from the network administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:64 +msgid "Advanced parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:67 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakvpn8.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:72 +msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:76 +msgid "" +"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " +"connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:79 +msgid "" +"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 +msgid "Configure webserver" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard apache2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_apache2-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_apache2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 +msgid "Configure DNS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard bind" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_bind-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_bind.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 +msgid "Configure DHCP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard dhcp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_dhcp-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_dhcp.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:3 +msgid "Configure time" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard ntp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_ntp-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_ntp.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 +msgid "Configure FTP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard proftpd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_proftpd-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_proftpd.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:3 +msgid "Configure proxy" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard squid" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_squid-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_squid.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 +msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard sshd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_sshd-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_sshd.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-acceptLicense-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - License Terms of the Distribution" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-acceptLicense-sect1.xml:8 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"3\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-acceptLicense-sect1.xml:14 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:204 +msgid "license" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-acceptLicense-sect1.xml:13 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Before continuing, you should " +"carefully read the terms of the license. It covers the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution. If you agree with all the " +"terms it contains, select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. If not, clicking on <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> " +"will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/drakx-acceptLicense-sect1.xml:22 +msgid "" +"If you are curious about any technical changes which have occurred in the " +"distribution since the last release, you can click on the <guibutton>Release " +"Notes</guibutton> button to display them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Adding a User" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx-addUser.png\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-addUser-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:16 +msgid "users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:18 +msgid "adding" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<application>GNU/Linux</application> is a multi-user system which means each " +"user can have his or her own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike " +"<literal>root</literal>, who is the system administrator, the <placeholder " +"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>users you add at this point won't be authorized " +"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations, " +"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could " +"have a serious impact on it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:24 +msgid "" +"You will have to create at least one regular user for yourself — this is the " +"account which you should use for routine, day-to-day usage. Although it's " +"very easy to log in as <literal>root</literal> to do anything and " +"everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple mistake could mean " +"that your system won't work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a " +"regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll lose some " +"information, but you won't affect the entire system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:33 +msgid "" +"The first field asks you for a real name. <application>DrakX</application> " +"will use the first word you type in this field and copy it, all in " +"lowercase, to the <guimenu>Login name</guimenu> field, which is the name " +"this user will enter to log on to the system. You can override it and change " +"the <guimenu>Login Name</guimenu>. The next step is to enter a " +"password. From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user's " +"password is not as crucial as the <literal>root</literal> password, but " +"that's no reason to neglect it by making it blank or too simple: after all, " +"<emphasis>your</emphasis> files could be the ones at risk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Once you click on <guimenu>Accept user</guimenu> you can add other " +"users. Add a user for each one of your friends, your father, your sister, " +"etc. Click <guimenu>Next</guimenu> when you're finished adding users." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><tip><para> +#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:54 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:623 +msgid "" +"Clicking the <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button allows you to change the " +"default <literal>shell</literal> for that user " +"(<application>bash</application> by default)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Choosing Mount Points" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:14 en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:16 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:532 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:534 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:14 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:22 +msgid "root" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:15 +msgid "partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:15 en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:24 en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:110 en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:21 en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:28 en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:52 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:442 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:472 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:482 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:502 en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:17 +msgid "partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard " +"drive. You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for " +"most common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define " +"a <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"1\"/>root partition (<literal revision=\"3\">/</literal>). Do not " +"choose too small a partition or you will not be able to install enough " +"software. In most cases it is best to also create a <literal>/home</literal> " +"partition, to store your data on (only possible if you have more than one " +"Linux partition available)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Device\", \"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\",\"Type\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:22 +msgid "" +"\"Device\", is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\", " +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:28 +msgid "" +"When the mount points are correct, or corrected, click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. You'll then be given the choice to format one " +"or more of the partitions you just chose to install Mageia on. Usually, " +"formatting <literal>/</literal> and saving <literal>/home</literal> (if the " +"same partition was your <literal>/home</literal> before), is a good choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-chooseCd-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Multiple CD-ROM Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-chooseCd-sect1.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The <application>Mandriva Linux</application> installation is distributed on " +"several <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>s. If a selected package is located on " +"another <acronym>CD</acronym>, <application>DrakX</application> will eject " +"the current <acronym>CD</acronym> and ask you to insert the required one. If " +"you do not have the requested <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> at hand, just click " +"on <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>, and the corresponding packages will not be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Choose Packages to Install" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:11 +msgid "Graphical Environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:13 en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:31 en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:48 en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:57 en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:72 +msgid "packages" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:14 +msgid "graphical environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:13 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Graphical " +"Environment</guilabel>: this is where you will choose your preferred " +"graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a " +"graphical interface available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:21 +msgid "Choose Package Groups to Install" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-choosePackages.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-choosePackages-im1\" revision=\"3\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:32 +msgid "installing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:31 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>It's now time to specify which " +"programs you wish to install on your system. There are thousands of packages " +"available for <application>Mageia</application>, and to make it simpler to " +"manage, they have been placed into groups of similar applications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:40 +msgid "" +"<application>Mageia</application> sorts package groups into categories. You " +"can mix and match applications from the various categories, so a " +"<guilabel>Workstation</guilabel> installation can still have applications " +"from the <guilabel>Server</guilabel> category installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:49 +msgid "workstation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:48 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Workstation</guilabel>: " +"if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or more of the " +"groups in this category. The special <literal>LSB</literal> group will " +"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the <link " +"xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" " +"xlink:href=\"http://www.linuxbase.org/\">Linux Standard Base Project</link> " +"specifications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:58 +msgid "server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:57 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Server</guilabel>: if " +"your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the more common " +"services you wish to install on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory " +"text about that group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:73 +msgid "individual selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:76 +msgid "" +"You can check the <guilabel>Individual package selection</guilabel> box, " +"which is useful if you're familiar with the packages being offered or if you " +"want to have total control over what will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:82 +msgid "" +"If you start the installation in <guilabel>Upgrade</guilabel> mode, you can " +"deselect all groups and prevent the installation of any new packages. This " +"is useful for repairing or updating an existing system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:91 +msgid "Minimal Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:93 +msgid "" +"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as " +"opposed to an upgrade), a new dialog shows after pressing the " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, suggesting different options for a " +"minimal installation:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:101 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>With X</guilabel>: install the minimum number of packages possible " +"to have a working graphical desktop." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:106 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>With basic documentation</guilabel>: installs the base system plus " +"basic utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for " +"setting up a server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:112 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Truly minimal install</guilabel>: installs the absolute minimum " +"number of packages necessary to get a working " +"<application>Linux</application> system. With this installation you will " +"only have a command-line interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:120 +msgid "Choosing Individual Packages to Install" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:125 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx-choosePackagesTree.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-choosePackages-im2\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:130 +msgid "" +"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present a " +"tree structure containing all packages classified by groups and " +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, " +"or individual packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the " +"right to let you know the purpose of that package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:141 +msgid "" +"If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically chose " +"the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages, you " +"will be asked to confirm that you really want those server packages to be " +"installed. By default <application>Mageia</application> will automatically " +"start any installed services (servers) at boot time. Even if they are safe " +"and have no known issues at the time the distribution was shipped, it is " +"entirely possible that security holes were discovered after this version of " +"<application>Mageia</application> was finalized. If you don't know what a " +"particular service is supposed to do or why it's being installed, then click " +"<guibutton>No</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:157 +msgid "dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:158 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:156 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> The <guilabel>Show automatically " +"selected packages</guilabel> option is used to disable the warning " +"dialog. Those appear whenever the installer automatically selects a package " +"to resolve a dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the " +"installation of one particular package may require the installation of " +"another one. The installer can determine which packages are required to " +"satisfy a dependency and to successfully complete the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:170 +msgid "" +"The little floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load or " +"save the packages list. This is useful if you have a number of machines that " +"you wish to configure identically. Click on this icon and select whether you " +"wish to <guilabel>Load</guilabel> or <guilabel>Save</guilabel> the packages " +"list, then select the medium in the following screen and click on the " +"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Partitioning your Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx-doPartitionDisks.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-doPartitionDisks-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You now need to decide where you want to install " +"<application>Mageia</application> on your hard drive. If your hard drive is " +"empty or if an existing operating system is using all the available space " +"you will have to re-partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard " +"drive means to logically divide it in order to create the space required for " +"your new <application>Mageia</application> system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:24 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:15 +msgid "DrakX" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:24 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Because the process of " +"partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible and can lead to data loss, " +"partitioning can be intimidating and stressful for the inexperienced " +"user. Fortunately, <application>DrakX</application> includes a wizard which " +"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the " +"rest of this section and, above all, take your time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are " +"available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Use free space</guibutton>. This option will perform an automatic " +"partitioning of your blank drive(s). If you use this option there will be no " +"further prompts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:46 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:352 +msgid "mount points" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:46 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guibutton>Use existing " +"partitions</guibutton>. The wizard has detected one or more existing " +"<application>Linux</application> partitions on your hard drive. If you want " +"to use them, choose this option. You will then be asked to choose the mount " +"points associated with each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are " +"selected by default, and for the most part it's a good idea to keep " +"them. You will also be asked to choose the partitions to be formatted or " +"preserved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:62 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Use the free space on the Windows partition</guibutton>. If " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> is installed " +"on your hard drive, you might have to create free space for " +"<application>GNU/Linux</application>. To do so, you can delete your " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition and " +"data (see the <quote>Erase entire disk</quote> solution below) or resize " +"your <acronym>FAT</acronym> or <acronym>NTFS</acronym> partition. Resizing " +"can be performed without the loss of any data, <emphasis>provided you've " +"previously defragmented the " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +"partition. Backing up your data is strongly recommended</emphasis>. Using " +"this option is recommended if you want to use both " +"<application>Mageia</application> and " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> on the same " +"computer in a <emphasis>dual boot</emphasis> configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:75 +msgid "" +"Before choosing this option, please understand that after this procedure, " +"the size of your " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition " +"will be smaller than when you started, which means you will have less free " +"space to store your data or to install new software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:83 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Erase entire disk</guibutton>. If you want to delete all data and " +"all partitions present on your hard drive and replace them with " +"<application>Mageia</application>, choose this option. Be warned that you " +"won't be able to undo this operation after you confirm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:90 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:427 +msgid "" +"If you choose this option, <emphasis>all</emphasis> data on your disk will " +"be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Remove Windows(TM)</guibutton>. This option appears when the hard " +"drive is entirely taken by " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Choosing " +"this option will simply erase everything on the drive, partitioning " +"everything from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:102 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:437 +msgid "" +"If you choose this option, <emphasis>all</emphasis> data on your disk will " +"be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:110 +msgid "custom" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:109 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guibutton>Custom disk " +"partitioning</guibutton>. Choose this option if you want to manually " +"partition your hard drive. Be careful: it is a powerful but dangerous choice " +"and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why this option is only " +"recommended if you have performed custom disk partitioning before, and have " +"enough <application>GNU/Linux</application> experience to know what you are " +"doing. For more instructions on how to use the " +"<application>DiskDrake</application> utility, refer to <phrase " +"condition=\"Starter\" xml:id=\"BIdNEW-drakxid-doPartitionDisks-ph1\"><xref " +"linkend=\"diskdrake\"/></phrase><phrase condition=\"Discovery\" " +"xml:id=\"BIdNEW-drakxid-doPartitionDisks-ph3\">the <citetitle " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-doPartitionDisks-ct1\">Managing Your " +"Partitions</citetitle> section in the <citetitle>Starter " +"Guide</citetitle></phrase><phrase condition=\"QSP\" " +"xml:id=\"BIdNEW-drakxid-doPartitionDisks-ph4\">the <citetitle " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-doPartitionDisks-ct2\">Managing Your " +"Partitions</citetitle> section in the <citetitle>Starter " +"Guide</citetitle></phrase>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - It's Done!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-exitInstall-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:13 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:225 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:779 +msgid "boot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:14 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:780 +msgid "dual-boot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:13 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>There you are. The installation is " +"now complete and your <application>GNU/Linux</application> system is ready " +"to be used. Just click on <guibutton>Reboot</guibutton> to restart the " +"system. Don't forget to remove the installation media " +"(<acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> or floppy). The first thing you should see after " +"your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the bootloader menu, " +"which allows you to choose between the <acronym>OS</acronym>es your system " +"can boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:23 +msgid "Advanced Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:26 +msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button shows more buttons to:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:32 +msgid "floppy" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:33 +msgid "auto-install" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:32 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guibutton>Generate auto-install " +"floppy</guibutton>: enables you to create an installation floppy disk which " +"will automatically perform a whole installation, similar to the one just " +"finished, without the help of an operator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Note that two different options are available after clicking on that button:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:45 en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:52 en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:73 en/drakx-installUpdates-sect1.xml:13 en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:15 +msgid "installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:45 +msgid "replay" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:44 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"0\"/><guibutton>Replay</guibutton>. This is a partially automated " +"installation. The partitioning step is the only interactive procedure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:53 +msgid "automated" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:51 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"0\"/><guibutton>Automated</guibutton>. Fully automated installation: " +"<emphasis>the hard disk is completely rewritten, all data is " +"lost</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:62 +msgid "" +"This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar " +"machines. See the <link xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" " +"xlink:href=\"http://www.mandrakelinux.com/drakx/auto_inst.html\">Auto " +"install</link> section on our web site for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:73 +msgid "save package selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:75 +msgid "" +"If you chose to save on a floppy, you will need a " +"<acronym>FAT</acronym>-formatted floppy. To create one under " +"<application>GNU/Linux</application>, type <command>mformat a:</command> or, " +"as root, <command>fdformat /dev/fd0</command> followed by <command>mkfs.vfat " +"/dev/fd0</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:72 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guibutton>Save package " +"selection</guibutton><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"1\"/>: saves a list " +"of the packages selected in this installation. The following screen shows " +"you the possible media to use to save the package list onto: you might need " +"to fill some parameters when you click on the <guilabel>Next</guilabel> " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:87 +msgid "" +"To use this selection of packages with another installation, perform the " +"installation as usual up to the point of the package selection, and choose " +"to select individual packages, without worrying about the current package " +"selection. Use the floppy icon and select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> " +"option. Then choose the medium which contains the package list. Finally " +"click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>: the list of packages you loaded will be " +"selected and be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Choose Partitions to Be Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This step is available only if you chose to reuse existing " +"<application>Linux</application> partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:15 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:21 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:473 +msgid "formatting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>If you chose to reuse some legacy " +"<application>GNU/Linux</application> partitions, you may wish to reformat " +"some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please select those " +"partitions as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:28 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:483 +msgid "pre-existing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all <placeholder " +"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>pre-existing partitions. You must reformat the " +"partitions containing the operating system (such as <literal>/</literal>, " +"<literal>/usr</literal> or <literal>/var</literal>) but not the partitions " +"containing data you wish to keep (typically <literal>/home</literal>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is " +"completed, <emphasis>all data on the selected partitions will be " +"deleted</emphasis> and you won't be able to recover it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> when you're ready to format the " +"partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you want to choose other " +"partitions for your new <application>Mageia</application> operating system " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:52 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:502 +msgid "bad blocks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> if you wish to select partitions " +"which will be checked for <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>bad " +"blocks on the disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-installUpdates-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Installing Updates from the Internet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-installUpdates-sect1.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-installUpdates-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-installUpdates-sect1.xml:13 en/drakx-installUpdates-sect1.xml:14 +msgid "updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-installUpdates-sect1.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"1\"/>By the time you install <application>Mageia</application>, it's " +"likely that some packages will have been updated since the initial " +"release. Bugs may have been fixed, security issues resolved, etc. To allow " +"you to benefit from these updates, you're now able to download them from the " +"Internet. Select <guilabel>Yes</guilabel> if you have a working Internet " +"connection and you want to install any updated packages now, or " +"<guilabel>No</guilabel> if you prefer to install updated packages later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-installUpdates-sect1.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Choosing <guilabel>Yes</guilabel> will display a list of web locations from " +"which updates can be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A tree " +"containing package selections will appear: review the selection, and press " +"<guibutton>Install</guibutton> to retrieve and install the selected " +"package(s), or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to abort." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-intro.xml:3 +msgid "About the Installer Help Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakx-intro.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-intro.xml:12 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">" +"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-intro.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-miscellaneous-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Security Level" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-miscellaneous-sect1.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-miscellaneous.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-miscellaneous-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-miscellaneous-sect1.xml:12 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:152 +msgid "security" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-miscellaneous-sect1.xml:13 +msgid "level" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-miscellaneous-sect1.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>At this point, " +"<application>DrakX</application> allows you to choose your machine's " +"security level. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set higher " +"if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly exposed " +"to the Internet. The trade-off is that a higher security level is generally " +"obtained at the expense of ease of use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-miscellaneous-sect1.xml:20 +msgid "" +"If you don't know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able to " +"change it later with the <application>draksec</application> tool<phrase " +"condition=\"not-in-QSPlus\" xml:id=\"BIdNEW-drakxid-miscellaneous-ph1\"> " +"(see <xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>)</phrase>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-miscellaneous-sect1.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Fill the <guilabel>Security Administrator</guilabel> field with the e-mail " +"address of the person responsible for security. Security-related messages " +"will be sent to that address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Checking Miscellaneous Parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:6 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-summary.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-misc-params-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:16 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:29 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:38 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:57 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:68 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:74 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:95 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:118 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:134 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:153 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:161 +msgid "configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:15 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>As a review, " +"<application>DrakX</application> will present a summary of information it " +"has gathered about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your " +"machine, you may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is " +"made up of the hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary " +"of the current configuration. Click on the corresponding " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button to make any changes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:28 +msgid "time zone" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:28 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>: <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>by " +"default, <application>DrakX</application> deduces your time zone based on " +"the country you have chosen. You can click on the " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button here if this is not correct." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:37 +msgid "country" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:37 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Country / " +"Region</guilabel>: check the current country selection. If you're not in the " +"country selected by <application>DrakX</application>, click on the " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button and choose another. If your country " +"isn't in the list shown, click on the <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> " +"button to get a complete country list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:48 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>: if you wish to change your bootloader " +"configuration, click this button. This should be reserved to advanced " +"users. Refer to the printed documentation or the in-line help about " +"bootloader configuration in the <application>Mageia Control " +"Center</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:57 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:223 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:225 +msgid "services" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:56 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Services</guilabel>: " +"with this entry you can fine tune which services will be run on your " +"machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good idea to " +"review this setup." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:67 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:324 en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:16 en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:18 +msgid "keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>: " +"check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:73 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:275 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:297 en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:12 en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:49 +msgid "mouse" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:73 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>: verify " +"the current mouse configuration and click on the button to change it if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:94 +msgid "sound card" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:94 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>: " +"if a sound card is detected on your system, it will be displayed here. If " +"you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your system, you " +"can click on the button and choose a different driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:117 +msgid "graphical interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:116 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Graphical " +"Interface</guilabel>: by default, <application>DrakX</application> " +"configures your graphical interface with a resolution that best matches your " +"video card and monitor combination. If that doesn't suit you, or " +"<application>DrakX</application> could not automatically configure it " +"(<guilabel>not configured</guilabel> is displayed), click on " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> to reconfigure your graphical " +"interface. You can click on <guibutton>Help</guibutton> from within the " +"configuration wizard to benefit from full in-line help." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:133 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:143 +msgid "network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:132 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Network</guilabel>: if " +"you wish to configure your Internet or local network access, you can do so " +"from here. Refer to the printed documentation or use the <application>Mageia " +"Control Center</application> after the installation has finished to benefit " +"from full in-line help." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:144 +msgid "proxy" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:143 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>: " +"allows you to configure <acronym>HTTP</acronym> and <acronym>FTP</acronym> " +"proxy addresses if the machine you're installing on is to be located behind " +"a proxy server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:151 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Security " +"Level</guilabel>: this entry allows you to redefine the security " +"level<phrase condition=\"Starter\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-misc-params-ph1\"> as " +"set in a previous step (see <xref " +"linkend=\"drakxidmiscellaneous\"/>)</phrase>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:160 +msgid "firewall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:160 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>: if " +"you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good idea to " +"protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult <phrase " +"condition=\"Discovery\" xml:id=\"BIdNEW-drakx-misc-params-ph5\">the " +"corresponding chapter of the <citetitle>Starter " +"Guide</citetitle></phrase><phrase condition=\"Startonly\" " +"xml:id=\"BIdNEW-drakx-misc-params-ph6\" revision=\"2\"><xref " +"linkend=\"tinyfirewall\"/></phrase><phrase " +"condition=\"only-in-ML-Full-Manual\" xml:id=\"BIdNEW-drakx-misc-params-ph7\" " +"revision=\"2\"><xref linkend=\"tinyfirewall\"/></phrase> for details about " +"firewall settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:174 +msgid "Time Zone Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:179 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx-configureTimezoneGMT.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-misc-params-im2\" revision=\"2\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:184 +msgid "" +"This dialog appears after selecting a new time zone in the time zones " +"list. After you've chosen the location nearest to your time zone, two more " +"options are shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:188 +msgid "" +"<application>GNU/Linux</application> manages time in <acronym>GMT</acronym> " +"(Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to local time according to the time " +"zone you selected. If the clock on your motherboard is set to local time, " +"you may deactivate this by deselecting <guilabel>Hardware clock set to " +"GMT</guilabel>, which will let <application>GNU/Linux</application> know " +"that the system clock and the hardware clock are in the same time zone. This " +"is useful when the machine also hosts another operating system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:197 +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Automatic time synchronization</guilabel> option will " +"automatically regulate the system clock by connecting to a remote time " +"server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have a working " +"Internet connection. We recommend that you choose a time server located near " +"you or the generic <guilabel>World Wide</guilabel> entry which will select " +"the best server for you. This option actually installs a time server which " +"can be used by other machines on your local network as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:212 +msgid "Selecting Available Services at Boot Time" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:218 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx-configureServices.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-misc-params-im5\" revision=\"2\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:223 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"1\"/>This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at " +"boot time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:229 +msgid "" +"<application>DrakX</application> will list all services available on the " +"current installation. Review each of them carefully and uncheck those which " +"aren't needed at boot time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:235 +msgid "" +"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is " +"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not, it " +"is safer to leave the default behavior." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:242 +msgid "" +"At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a " +"server: you probably don't want to start any services which you don't " +"need. Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled " +"on a server. In general, select only those services you " +"<emphasis>really</emphasis> need." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:9 +msgid "Deprecated - Introduction to the MandrakeSecurity Installer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:14 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> <application>DrakX</application> " +"is <application>Mandrakesecurity</application>'s installation program. Its " +"ease of use has been enhanced with a graphical user interface, allowing you " +"to move forward and backward through the installation and prompting you when " +"required. With <application>DrakX</application>, it doesn't matter whether " +"you're a new user to <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> or an old " +"pro – <application>DrakX</application>'s job is to give you a smooth " +"installation and an easy transition into " +"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:25 +msgid "Very First Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:28 +msgid "" +" <imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"../dx-MNF-welcome.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im1\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:34 +msgid "" +"When you begin, the first screen that comes up will present some information " +"and give you installation options. (<xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>). Doing " +"nothing will simply begin the installation in normal or <quote>linux</quote> " +"mode. The next few paragraphs will go over some options and parameters that " +"you can pass to the install program if you run into problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Pressing <keycap>F1</keycap> will open a help screen. Here are some useful " +"options to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:49 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:60 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:70 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:72 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:96 +msgid "installation options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:50 +msgid "vgalo" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:49 +msgid "" +"<literal>vgalo</literal>: <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>if you " +"tried a default installation and did not see the graphical interface as " +"shown below in <xref linkend=\"drakxid-selectLanguage\"/>, you can try to " +"run the installation in low resolution mode. This happens with certain types " +"of graphics cards, so with <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> we " +"give you a number of options to work around problems with older hardware. " +"To try the installation in low resolution mode, type " +"<userinput>vgalo</userinput> at the prompt." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:61 +msgid "text" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:60 +msgid "" +"<literal>text</literal>: <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>if your " +"video card is very old and graphical installation does not work at all, you " +"can always choose the text mode installation. Because all video cards can " +"display text, this is the <quote>installation of last resort</quote>. Don't " +"worry though – it's not likely that you'll need to use the text install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:71 +msgid "expert" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:73 +msgid "linux" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><screen> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "boot: vgalo expert" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:70 +msgid "" +"<literal>expert</literal>: <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"1\"/>in some rare cases, your " +"PC may appear to freeze or lock-up during the hardware detection phase. If " +"that happens, then adding the word <literal>expert</literal> as a parameter " +"will tell the install program to bypass hardware detection. Because " +"<application>DrakX</application> will not scan for hardware, you will need " +"to manually specify hardware parameters later in the installation. The " +"<literal>expert</literal> parameter can be added to the previous modes, so " +"you may end up specifying <placeholder type=\"screen\" id=\"2\"/> to perform " +"a low resolution graphical install without <application>DrakX</application> " +"performing a hardware scan." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:88 +msgid "" +"Selecting the <literal>expert</literal> mode will ask you for more details " +"about the installation process, letting you perform a more customized " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:97 +msgid "kernel options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:104 en/uninstall-linux.xml:46 +msgid "commands" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:104 +msgid "mem= xxxM" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><screen> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "boot: linux mem=256M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:95 +msgid "" +"<literal>kernel options</literal>: <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"0\"/>Kernel options usually aren't required for most machines. There " +"are a few cases of motherboards incorrectly reporting the amount of memory " +"installed due to bugs in the design or in the BIOS. If you need to manually " +"specify the amount of DRAM installed in your PC, use the <placeholder " +"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"1\"/> <command>mem= xxxM</command> parameter. For " +"example, to start the installation in normal mode with a computer having 256 " +"<acronym>MB</acronym> of memory, your command line would look like this: " +"<placeholder type=\"screen\" id=\"2\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:114 +msgid "" +"Now that we've gone over what <emphasis>might</emphasis> go wrong, let's " +"move on to the actual installation process. When the installer starts, " +"you'll see a nice graphical interface ( <xref " +"linkend=\"selectLanguage-fig\"/> ). On the left will be the various " +"installation steps. Depending on the installation's progress level, some " +"stages may or may not be available. If a particular stage is available it " +"will be highlighted when you move the mouse pointer over it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:123 +msgid "" +"The colors of the buttons on the left side of the screen let you quickly see " +"what's going on with the installation:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:129 +msgid "red: this installation phase has not yet been carried out" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:133 +msgid "orange: the installation stage that is currently being processed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:137 +msgid "" +"green: this installation stage has already been configured. However, nothing " +"stops you from going back to a stage that has already been completed if you " +"need to reconfigure something." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:144 +msgid "" +"This guide assumes that you are performing a standard, step-by-step " +"installation, as described below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:152 +msgid "Choosing Your Language" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:155 en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:6 +msgid "The first step is to choose your preferred language." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:158 en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:9 +msgid "Choosing the Default Language" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:161 +msgid "" +" <imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx-MNF-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im2\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:167 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:187 en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:18 en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:21 +msgid "language" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:167 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> Your choice of preferred language " +"will affect the language of the documentation, the installer and the system " +"in general." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:171 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button will allow you to " +"select other languages to be installed on your workstation, thereby " +"installing the language-specific files for system documentation and " +"applications. For example, if you will host users from Spain on your " +"machine, select English as the default language in the tree view and " +"<guilabel>Spanish|Spain</guilabel> in the Advanced section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:180 +msgid "" +"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. Once " +"you have selected additional locales, click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " +"button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><note><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:187 +msgid "setting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><note><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:186 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Not all languages listed here are " +"supported in the <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> Web interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:195 +msgid "License Terms of the Distribution" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:199 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-MNF-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im3\" revision=\"1\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:204 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Before continuing, you should " +"carefully read the terms of the license. It covers the entire " +"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application> distribution, and if you do not " +"agree with all the terms in it you should click on the <guibutton>Refuse " +"</guibutton> button. This will immediately terminate the installation. " +"Clicking on the <guibutton>Accept</guibutton> button will continue the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:217 +msgid "Disk Detection and Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:221 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-MNF-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im4\" revision=\"1\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:227 +msgid "IDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:227 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:259 +msgid "detection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:229 +msgid "PCI SCSI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:230 +msgid "SCSI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:226 +msgid "" +"<application>DrakX</application> will first detect any <placeholder " +"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> IDE devices present in your computer. It will " +"also scan for one or more <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"1\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"2\"/> PCI SCSI cards on your " +"system. If a SCSI card is found, <application>DrakX</application> will " +"automatically install the appropriate driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:234 +msgid "" +"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, " +"<application>DrakX</application> will ask you if you have a PCI SCSI " +"installed. Clicking <guibutton>Yes</guibutton> will display a list of SCSI " +"cards to choose from. Click <guibutton>No</guibutton> if you know that you " +"have no SCSI hardware in your machine. If you're not sure, you can check the " +"list of hardware detected in your machine by selecting <guilabel>See " +"hardware info </guilabel> and clicking the " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Examine the list of hardware and then click on " +"the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to return to the SCSI interface " +"question." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:245 +msgid "" +"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, " +"<application>DrakX</application> will ask if you want to configure options " +"for it. You should allow <application>DrakX</application> to probe the " +"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the " +"adapter. Most of the time, <application>DrakX</application> will get through " +"this step without any issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:252 +msgid "" +"If <application>DrakX</application> is not able to probe for the options to " +"automatically determine which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, " +"you'll need to manually configure the driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:258 +msgid "hard disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:265 +msgid "Configuring your Mouse" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:270 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-MNF-selectMouse.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im5\" revision=\"1\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:275 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> Usually, " +"<application>DrakX</application> has no problems detecting the number of " +"buttons on your mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse " +"and will configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse " +"button of a two-button mouse can be <quote>pressed </quote> by " +"simultaneously clicking the left and right mouse " +"buttons. <application>DrakX</application> will automatically know whether " +"your mouse uses a <acronym>PS/2</acronym>, serial or <acronym>USB</acronym> " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:285 +msgid "" +"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it " +"from the provided list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:288 +msgid "" +"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be " +"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are correct " +"and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not working well, " +"press the space bar or <keycap> Return</keycap> key to " +"<guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> the test and to go back to the list of " +"choices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><note><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:298 +msgid "wheel" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><note><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:297 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Wheel mice are occasionally not " +"detected automatically, so you will need to select your mouse from a " +"list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to the port that your mouse is " +"attached to. After selecting a mouse and pressing the " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> button, a mouse image is displayed " +"on-screen. Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated " +"correctly. Once you see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your " +"mouse wheel, test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves " +"on-screen as you move your mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:313 +msgid "Configuring the Keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:318 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx-MNF-selectKeyboard.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im6\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:323 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Depending on the default language " +"you chose in <xref linkend=\"drakxid-selectLanguage\"/>, " +"<application>DrakX</application> will automatically select a particular type " +"of keyboard configuration. However, you might not have a keyboard that " +"corresponds exactly to your language: for example, if you are an English " +"speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak " +"English but are located in Québec, you may find yourself in the same " +"situation where your native language and keyboard do not match. In either " +"case, this installation step will allow you to select an appropriate " +"keyboard from a list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:336 +msgid "" +"Click on the <guibutton revision=\"1\">More</guibutton> button to be " +"presented with the complete list of supported keyboards." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:342 +msgid "Selecting the Mount Points" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:346 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx-MNF-doPartitionDisks.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im7\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:352 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>At this point, you need to decide " +"where you want to install the <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> " +"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an " +"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to " +"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists of " +"logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new " +"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application> system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:361 +msgid "" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible and " +"can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already " +"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if " +"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, <application>DrakX</application> " +"includes a wizard which simplifies this process. Before continuing with this " +"step, read through the rest of this section and above all, take your time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:372 +msgid "" +"If your hard drive has already been partitioned, either from a previous " +"installation of <application>GNU/Linux</application> or by another " +"partitioning tool, select the appropriate partitions that you want to " +"install your Linux system into." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:377 +msgid "" +"If partitions haven't been configured, you will need to create them using " +"the wizard. Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are " +"available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:381 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Use free space</guibutton>: this option will perform an automatic " +"partitioning of your blank drive(s). If you use this option there will be " +"no further prompts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:386 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Use existing partition</guibutton>: the wizard has detected one " +"or more existing Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use " +"them, choose this option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points " +"associated with each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected " +"by default, and for the most part it's a good idea to keep them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:395 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Use the free space on the Windows partition</guibutton>: if " +"<application>Microsoft</application><superscript>®</superscript> " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application><superscript>©<" +"/superscript> " +"is installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, you " +"have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your " +"<application>Microsoft</application> " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition and " +"data (see <quote> Erase entire disk</quote> or <quote>Expert mode</quote> " +"solutions) or resize your <application>Microsoft</application> " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> FAT " +"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, " +"<emphasis>provided you previously defragment the " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition and " +"that it uses the FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly " +"recommended.</emphasis>. Using this option is recommended if you want to use " +"both <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> and " +"<application>Microsoft</application> " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> on the same " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:412 +msgid "" +"Before choosing this option, please understand that after this procedure, " +"the size of your <application>Microsoft</application> " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition " +"will be smaller then when you started. You will have less free space under " +"<application>Microsoft</application> " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> to store your " +"data or to install new software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:420 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Erase entire disk</guibutton>: if you want to delete all data and " +"all partitions present on your hard drive and replace them with your new " +"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application> system, choose this option. Be " +"careful, because you will not be able to undo your choice after you confirm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:432 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Remove Windows</guibutton>: this will simply erase everything on " +"the drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from " +"scratch. <emphasis>All</emphasis> data on your disk will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:443 +msgid "manual formatting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:445 +msgid "partitioning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:445 +msgid "DiskDrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:442 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"1\"/> <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"2\"/> <guibutton>Custom disk " +"partitioning</guibutton>: choose this option if you want to manually " +"partition your hard drive. Be careful –– it is a powerful but dangerous " +"choice and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why this option is " +"really only recommended if you have done something like this before and have " +"some experience. For more instructions on how to use the " +"<application>DiskDrake</application> utility, refer to the <link " +"xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" " +"xlink:href=\"http://www.mandrakelinux.com/en/doc/82/en/user.html/diskdrake.htm" +"l\">online " +"documentation for <application>DiskDrake</application></link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:461 +msgid "Choose Partitions to Be Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:467 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx-MNF-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im8\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:472 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Any partitions that have been " +"newly defined must be formatted for use (formatting means creating a file " +"system)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:477 +msgid "" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to " +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those " +"partitions as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:481 +msgid "" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all <placeholder " +"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>pre-existing partitions. You must reformat the " +"partitions containing the operating system (such as <literal>/</literal>, " +"<literal>/usr</literal> or <literal>/var</literal>) but you do not have to " +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically " +"<literal>/home</literal>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:490 +msgid "" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on " +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:494 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton> when you are ready to format partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:497 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> if you want to choose another " +"partition for your new <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> operating " +"system installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:501 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> if you wish to select partitions " +"that will be checked for <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>bad " +"blocks on the disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:508 +msgid "Actual Packages Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:511 +msgid "" +"Then comes the actual system installation. The packages list is predefined " +"and cannot be changed at this time. The time required to complete the " +"installation depends on the speed of your hardware. An estimate of the " +"remaining time-to-go will be displayed on-screen to help gauge if there is " +"sufficient time to enjoy a cup of coffee." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:520 +msgid "Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:525 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx-MNF-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im9\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:533 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:533 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:16 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:20 +msgid "password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:530 +msgid "" +"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your " +"<application>GNU/Linux</application> system: you have to enter the " +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"1\"/> <literal>root</literal> password. <literal>Root</literal> is the " +"system administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add " +"users, change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, " +"<literal>root</literal> can do everything! That is why you must choose a " +"password that is difficult to guess – <application>DrakX</application> will " +"tell you if the password that you chose is too easy. As you can see, you are " +"not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you against. " +"<application>GNU/Linux</application> is as prone to operator error as any " +"other operating system. Since <literal>root</literal> can overcome all " +"limitations and unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly " +"accessing the partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to " +"become <literal>root</literal>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><note><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:549 +msgid "" +"The <application>msec</application> security level is set to " +"<literal>4</literal> (<quote>high</quote>) by default. The password should " +"be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and must be at least 8 characters " +"long. Never write down the <literal>root</literal> password –– it makes it " +"too easy to compromise a system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:557 +msgid "" +"One caveat –– do not make the password too long or complicated because you " +"must be able to remember it!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:561 +msgid "" +"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce " +"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password " +"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this " +"<quote>incorrect</quote> password will have to be used the first time you " +"connect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:569 +msgid "Administrator Password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:572 +msgid "" +"You are then asked to enter the password for the system administrator " +"(login: <literal>admin</literal>). It is differentiated from the " +"<literal>root</literal> user, for security reasons, and also because it may " +"not be the same person. It is that <literal>admin</literal> account that " +"will be required to access the <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> " +"Web interface. The criterion for choosing this password are the same as for " +"the <literal>root</literal> password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:583 +msgid "Adding a User" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:588 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-MNF-addUser.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im10\" revision=\"1\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:593 +msgid "" +"All necessary users have already been added, and you shouldn't need adding " +"more users for normal <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> " +"operations. However, if you plan to use the <application>squid</application> " +"<acronym>PAM</acronym> authentication feature, you can add here the users " +"that will be authorized." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:600 +msgid "" +"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not " +"mandatory –– you can actually enter whatever you " +"like. <application>DrakX</application> will use the first word you typed in " +"and copy it to the <guimenu>User name</guimenu> field, which is the name " +"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override " +"the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a " +"password. From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user " +"password is not as crucial as the <literal>root</literal> password, but that " +"is no reason to neglect it by making it blank or too simple: after all, " +"<emphasis>your</emphasis> files could be the ones at risk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:612 +msgid "" +"You can then choose to make that user member of one or more special groups " +"that will give him special priviledges. Check the button for the priviledges " +"you want for that user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:617 +msgid "" +"Once you click on <guimenu>Accept user</guimenu>, you can add additional " +"users. Select <guimenu>Done</guimenu> when you have finished adding users." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:631 +msgid "Configure your Local Network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:636 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx-MNF-configureNetwork.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im11\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:641 +msgid "" +"You will now set up your local network connection (<acronym>LAN</acronym>). " +"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application> will attempt to autodetect " +"network devices and modems. If this detection fails, uncheck the " +"<guilabel>Use auto detection</guilabel> box." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><warning><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:648 +msgid "" +"Even though many connection types are offered here, do not configure your " +"Internet connection now. You should now limit yourself to configuring the " +"<literal>Ethernet</literal> <acronym>LAN</acronym> access, so that you can " +"later connect to the administration interface and configure other " +"connections easily through it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:656 +msgid "" +"We will not detail each configuration option – just make sure that you have " +"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, " +"etc. from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:662 +msgid "" +"You will be able to configure all your other network interfaces (Internet, " +"<acronym>DMZ</acronym>, etc.) later on through " +"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application> interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:671 +msgid "Where Should You Place the Bootloader" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:676 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx-MNF-setupBootloaderBeginner.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im12\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:681 +msgid "" +"You must indicate where you wish to place the information the bootloader " +"requires to boot to <application>GNU/Linux</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:684 +msgid "" +"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, choose <guibutton>First sector " +"of drive (MBR)</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:687 +msgid "" +"You are then presented the different boot entries that will be proposed at " +"system boot. You can modify them here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:693 +msgid "Boot Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:698 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx-MNF-createBootdisk.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im13\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:703 +msgid "" +"The <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> " +"has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by booting the " +"<acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>, pressing the <userinput>F1</userinput> key at " +"boot and typing <userinput>rescue</userinput> at the prompt. If your " +"computer cannot boot from the <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>, there are at least " +"two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:712 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:805 en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:17 en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:21 en/uninstall-linux.xml:42 +msgid "bootloader" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:715 en/uninstall-linux.xml:52 +msgid "MBR" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:711 +msgid "" +"when installing the <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>bootloader, " +"<application>DrakX</application> will rewrite the boot sector (<placeholder " +"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"1\"/><acronym>MBR</acronym>) of your main disk " +"(unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you to start up with " +"either <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> or " +"<application>GNU/Linux</application> (assuming you have " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> on your " +"system). If at some point you need to reinstall " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>, the " +"<application>Microsoft</application> install process will rewrite the boot " +"sector and remove your ability to start " +"<application>GNU/Linux</application>!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:724 +msgid "" +"if a problem arises and you cannot start " +"<application>GNU/Linux</application> from the hard disk, this <placeholder " +"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>floppy will be the only means of starting up " +"<application>GNU/Linux</application>. It contains a fair number of system " +"tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to a power failure, an " +"unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:732 +msgid "" +"If you say <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>, you will be asked to insert a disk in " +"the drive. The floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it – " +"<application>DrakX</application> will format the floppy and will rewrite the " +"whole disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:740 +msgid "Installing Updates from the Internet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:744 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx-MNF-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im14\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:749 +msgid "" +"At the time you are installing <application>Mandrakesecurity</application>, " +"it is likely that some packages have been updated since the initial " +"release. Bugs may have been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you " +"to benefit from these updates, you are now able to download them from the " +"Internet. Choose <guibutton>Yes</guibutton> if you have a working Internet " +"connection, or <guibutton>No</guibutton> if you prefer to install updated " +"packages later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:758 +msgid "" +"Choosing <guibutton>Yes</guibutton> displays a list of places from which " +"updates can be retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection " +"tree will appear: review the selection, and press " +"<guibutton>Install</guibutton> to retrieve and install the selected " +"package(s), or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to abort." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:769 +msgid "It's Finished!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:774 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-MNF-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im15\" revision=\"1\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:779 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>There you are. Installation is now " +"complete and your <application>GNU/Linux</application> system is ready to " +"use. Carefully write down the <acronym>URL</acronym> given in that dialog, " +"it's the address you'll have to use in your Web browser to access the " +"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application> Web interface with " +"<literal>admin</literal> account. Now, just click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " +"twice to reboot the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:792 en/uninstall-linux.xml:3 +msgid "How to Uninstall Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:795 +msgid "The uninstallation process consists of two steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:800 +msgid "" +"Delete all partitions on your hard drive and replace them by a single " +"<acronym>FAT</acronym> partition with <application>DiskDrake</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:806 en/uninstall-linux.xml:7 en/uninstall-linux.xml:11 en/uninstall-linux.xml:44 +msgid "uninstall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:805 +msgid "" +"Uninstall the <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> bootloader " +"(generally <application>GRUB</application>) from the Master Boot Record " +"(<acronym>MBR</acronym>). To do so, boot under " +"<application>DOS</application> and run the <command>fdisk /mbr</command> " +"command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:810 +msgid "" +"If you have another <acronym>OS</acronym>, please consult its documentation " +"to determine how to perform the same step." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para> +#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:816 +msgid "" +"Goodbye, and thank you for using " +"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application>!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Format Disks with DiskDrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:10 +msgid "" +"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the " +"installation of your <application>Mandriva Linux</application> system. If " +"partitions have already been defined, either from a previous installation of " +"<application>GNU/Linux</application> or by another partitioning tool, you " +"can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive partitions must be " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:18 +msgid "" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select the " +"disk for partitioning by clicking on <quote>hda</quote> for the first IDE " +"drive, <quote>hdb</quote> for the second, <quote>sda</quote> for the first " +"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> drive and so on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:24 +msgid "To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:29 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Clear all</guibutton>: this option deletes all partitions on the " +"selected hard drive" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:34 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Auto allocate</guibutton>: this option enables you to " +"automatically create <acronym>ext3</acronym> and swap partitions in the free " +"space of your hard drive" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:40 +msgid "<guibutton>More</guibutton>: gives access to additional features:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:45 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Save partition table</guibutton>: saves the partition table to a " +"floppy. Useful for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is " +"strongly recommended that you perform this step." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:52 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Restore partition table</guibutton>: allows you to restore a " +"previously saved partition table from a floppy disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:58 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Rescue partition table</guibutton>: if your partition table is " +"damaged, you can try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and " +"remember that it doesn't always work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:65 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Reload partition table</guibutton>: discards all changes and " +"reloads the partition table that was originally on the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:71 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Removable media auto-mounting</guilabel>: unchecking this option " +"will force users to manually mount and unmount removable media such as " +"floppies and <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>s." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:77 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Wizard</guibutton>: use this option if you wish to use a wizard " +"to partition your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good " +"understanding of partitioning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:82 +msgid "<guibutton>Undo</guibutton>: use this option to cancel your changes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:85 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Toggle between normal/expert mode</guibutton>: allows additional " +"actions on partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information " +"about the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:91 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>: when you are finished partitioning your hard " +"drive, this will save your changes back to disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:99 +msgid "" +"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition size " +"by using the <keysym>Arrow</keysym> keys of your keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:104 +msgid "" +"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the " +"partitions using <keycap>Tab</keycap> and the <keycap>Up/Down</keycap> " +"arrows." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:109 +msgid "When a partition is selected, you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:112 +msgid "" +"<keycombo><keysym>Ctrl-</keysym><keysym>c</keysym></keycombo> to create a " +"new partition (when an empty partition is selected)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:117 +msgid "" +"<keycombo><keysym>Ctrl-</keysym><keysym>d</keysym></keycombo> to delete a " +"partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:121 +msgid "" +"<keycombo><keysym>Ctrl-</keysym><keysym>m</keysym></keycombo> to set the " +"mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:127 +msgid "" +"To get information about the different file system types available, please " +"read the <acronym>ext2FS</acronym> chapter from the <citetitle>Reference " +"Manual</citetitle>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:133 +msgid "" +"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS " +"<quote>bootstrap</quote> partition of at least 1<acronym>MB</acronym> which " +"will be used by the <application>yaboot</application> bootloader. If you opt " +"to make the partition a bit larger, say 50<acronym>MB</acronym>, you may " +"find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for " +"emergency boot situations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:12 +msgid "Deprecated - Choose FAT Partition to Be Resized" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:19 +msgid "resize" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> More than one " +"<application>Microsoft</application> partition has been detected on your " +"hard drive. Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to " +"install your new <application>Mageia</application> operating system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\", " +"\"Capacity\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:28 +msgid "" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\", " +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda1\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:32 +msgid "\"Hard drive type\" is \"sd\"" +msgstr "" + +#. (mentioning SCSI doesn't seem needed anymore - Marja) if it is a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> hard drive. +#. I rewrote it and added it back - MrsB +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:35 +msgid "" +"This is standard for hard drives now and has nothing to do with SD Memory " +"Cards. Hard drives were previously prefixed \"hd\" for IDE drives or \"sd\" " +"for SATA drives but they are all now prefixed with \"sd\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:40 +msgid "\"Hard drive number\" is actually a letter and always follows \"sd\":" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:43 +msgid "\"a\" means \"first hard drive\";" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:48 +msgid "\"b\" means \"second hard drive\";" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:53 +msgid "and so on..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:57 +msgid "" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> (the first " +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Installation Class" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:6 +msgid "" +"This step is shown only if an existing <application>GNU/Linux</application> " +"partition is found on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx-selectInstallClass.png\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-selectInstallClass-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:16 +msgid "class" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:15 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><application>DrakX</application> " +"now needs to know if you want to install from scratch or upgrade your " +"existing <application>Mageia</application> system:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:27 +msgid "upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Upgrade</guilabel>.<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>If " +"you have an older <application>Mageia</application> operating system, this " +"option allows you to upgrade it. Your existing partitioning scheme and user " +"data won't be altered. Most of the other configuration steps remain " +"available and are similar to a standard installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Removed - simon, grenoya and marja think it is not needed: - For the most part, this +#. completely wipes out the old system. However, depending on your +#. partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data +#. (particularly <literal> +#. /home</literal> directories) from being +#. overwritten. If you wish to change how your hard drives are +#. partitioned, or to change the file system, you should use this +#. option. +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:31 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Install</guilabel>. Use this option for everything except " +"upgrading an existing Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Configuring the Keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:7 +msgid "" +"DrakX shows one or more keyboards, depending on which language(s) you have " +"chosen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-selectKeyboard.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-selectKeyboard-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"1\"/>Depending on the language you chose (see <xref " +"linkend=\"drakxid-selectLanguage\"/>), <application>DrakX</application> " +"automatically selects a particular type of keyboard configuration. Verify " +"that the selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout. If you don't " +"know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications that came " +"with your system, or ask the computer vendor. You can also look here: <link " +"xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">" +"en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:24 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton " +"revision=\"1\">More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there. Note that after having chosen your keyboard, you will return to the " +"first screen and it'll seem that a keyboard from this first screen was " +"chosen. You can safely ignore this and go on, the keyboard you chose from " +"the full list will now be configured!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next " +"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the " +"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Additional information: You may have a keyboard which does not correspond " +"exactly to your language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss " +"native, you may have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are " +"located in Québec, you may find yourself in the same situation where your " +"native language and country-set keyboard don't match. In either case, this " +"installation step will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Choosing your Language" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:13 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-selectLanguage.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-selectLanguage-im1\" revision=\"4\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>First open the tree relative to " +"the continent you are located in, and then choose the language you " +"speak. Your language choice will affect the installer, the documentation, " +"and the system in general." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Click the <guilabel>Multiple languages</guilabel> button near the botom of " +"the list to go to the screen to select additional languages for your " +"workstation, thereby installing the language-specific files for system " +"documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish friends are to use " +"your machine, select English as the default language in the first screen and " +"<guilabel>Español</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Multiple languages</guilabel> " +"screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:33 +msgid "" +"You are advised to install the language of your keyboard and the language of " +"the country you live in as additional languages if they are not the same as " +"your preferred language." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:37 +msgid "" +"About <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> (unicode) support: Unicode is a character " +"encoding intended to cover all existing languages. <application>Mageia " +"Linux</application> uses <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> by default for all " +"languages" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:45 +msgid "" +"If you know UTF-8 encoding doesn't work well for your language, tick the box " +"<guilabel>Old compatibility (non-UTF) encoding</guilabel> at the top of the " +"<guilabel>Multiple languages</guilabel> screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:48 +msgid "Be aware that this will then apply to all languages on your system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You " +"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the <guilabel>All " +"languages</guilabel> box. Selecting support for a language means " +"translations, fonts, spell checkers, etc. will also be installed for that " +"language. Make sure you select all languages which are likely to be useful " +"on the machine now, it may be difficult to configure support for languages " +"not chosen at install time at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:66 +msgid "" +"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can " +"launch the <command>localedrake</command> command as <literal>root</literal> " +"to change the language used by the entire system. Running the command as a " +"regular user will only change the language settings for that particular " +"user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:3 en/drakx-selectSerialPort-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Configuring your Mouse" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-selectMouse.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-selectMouse-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Usually, " +"<application>DrakX</application> has no problems detecting the number of " +"buttons on your mouse. If it fails to properly recognize it, it assumes you " +"have a two-button mouse and will configure it for third-button " +"emulation. The third-button mouse button of a two-button mouse can be " +"obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and right mouse " +"buttons. <application>DrakX</application> will automatically know whether " +"your mouse uses a <acronym>PS/2</acronym>, serial or <acronym>USB</acronym> " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:22 +msgid "" +"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a " +"<guilabel>with Wheel emulation</guilabel> " +"mouse. <application>DrakX</application> will then configure your mouse so " +"that you can simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button " +"and move your mouse pointer up and down." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:29 +msgid "" +"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it " +"from the list provided." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:34 +msgid "" +"You can select the <guilabel>Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice</guilabel> " +"entry to choose a <quote>generic</quote> mouse type which will work with " +"nearly all mice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be " +"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are correct " +"and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse isn't working well, " +"press the <keycap>space</keycap> bar or <keycap>Enter</keycap> key to cancel " +"the test and you will be returned to the mouse list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:49 +msgid "Wheel" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to " +"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to " +"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and " +"pressing the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, a mouse image will be " +"displayed on-screen. Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is correctly " +"activated. As you scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll " +"wheel moving. Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves " +"on-screen as you move your mouse about." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-selectSerialPort-sect1.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Please select the correct port. For example, the <literal>COM1</literal> " +"port under <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> is " +"named <literal>ttyS0</literal> under <application>GNU/Linux</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakxservices.xml:3 +msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakxservices.xml:3 +msgid "drakxservices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakxservices.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata width=\"80%\" xml:id=\"drakxservices-im1\" " +"revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"drakxservices.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakxservices.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:8 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx-setRootPassword.png\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:25 +msgid "" +"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your " +"<application>GNU/Linux</application> system: you must enter the " +"<literal>root</literal> password. <literal>Root</literal> is the system " +"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users, " +"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, " +"<literal>root</literal> can do everything! That's why you must choose a " +"password which is difficult to guess: <application>DrakX</application> will " +"tell you if the password you chose is too simple. You're not forced to enter " +"a password, but we <emphasis>strongly</emphasis> encourage you to do so. " +"<application>GNU/Linux</application> is just as prone to operator error as " +"any other operating system. Since <literal>root</literal> can overcome all " +"limitations and unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly " +"accessing the partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to " +"become <literal>root</literal>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:41 +msgid "" +"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8 " +"characters long. Never write down <literal>root</literal>'s password — it " +"makes it far too easy to compromise your system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:46 +msgid "" +"One caveat: don't make the password too long or too complicated because you " +"must be able to remember it!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:50 +msgid "" +"The password won't be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the " +"chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password twice. If " +"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you will have to use this " +"<quote>incorrect</quote> password when you try to connect as " +"<literal>root</literal>, at least for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You can change the way users are authenticated on your computer by clicking " +"on the <guibutton>Authentication method</guibutton> button. The following " +"authentication methods are available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:64 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Local file</guilabel>. Use a local file for all authentication and " +"user information. This is the default method." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:71 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:75 +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:73 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:86 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:103 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:107 +msgid "authentication" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:70 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"1\"/><guilabel>LDAP</guilabel>. Use an <acronym>LDAP</acronym> server " +"for some or all authentication needs. An <acronym>LDAP</acronym> directory " +"consolidates certain types of information within your organization." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:84 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:88 +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:83 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"1\"/><guilabel>NIS</guilabel>. Authenticates users against a " +"<acronym>NIS</acronym> domain. This allows you to run a group of computers " +"in the same <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain using a common password and group " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Smart Card</guilabel>. Uses <application>SmartCard</application> " +"hardware for providing authentication services." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:105 +msgid "PDC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:109 +msgid "Active Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:102 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"1\"/><guilabel>Windows Domain</guilabel>. Uses a " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> domain " +"controller to provide authentication services through <application>Active " +"Directory</application>, <application>Microsoft</application>'s " +"implementation of <acronym>LDAP</acronym>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:119 +msgid "" +"If you select a method other than <guilabel>Local file</guilabel>, you will " +"be asked to provide some parameters, which vary from one method to the " +"other. If you don't know those parameters, you should ask your network " +"administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:125 +msgid "" +"If you happen to have problems remembering passwords, or if your computer " +"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody " +"who uses your computer, you can choose to have <guibutton>No " +"password</guibutton>. Please bear in mind that this is an insecure option, " +"and it is not recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Installing a Bootloader" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-setupBootloader.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-setupBootloaderBeginner-im1\" " +"revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:18 en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:25 +msgid "LILO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:22 en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:28 +msgid "GRUB" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:31 +msgid "" +"A bootloader is a small program which is started by the computer at boot " +"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the " +"bootloader installation is totally " +"automated. <application>DrakX</application> will analyze the disk boot " +"sector and act according to what it finds there:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If a <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> boot " +"sector is found, it will replace it with a " +"<application>GRUB</application>/<application>LILO</application> boot " +"sector. This way you will be able to load either " +"<application>GNU/Linux</application> or any other <acronym>OS</acronym> " +"installed on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In any other case it will ask you where it should place the boot " +"loader. Generally, the <guilabel>First sector of the drive (MBR)</guilabel> " +"is the safest place." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Choosing <guilabel>Skip</guilabel> won't install a bootloader. Use this " +"option only if you know what you're doing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-setupSCSI.xml:3 +msgid "Hard Disk Detection and Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setupSCSI.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<application>DrakX</application> will first attempt to detect any " +"<acronym>IDE</acronym> and <acronym>SATA</acronym> devices present in your " +"computer. It will also scan for one or more <acronym>PCI</acronym> " +"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> cards. If a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> card is found, " +"<application>DrakX</application> will attempt to install the correct driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setupSCSI.xml:14 +msgid "" +"However, because hardware detection is not foolproof, " +"<application>DrakX</application> may fail to detect your " +"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> hard drives. If so, you mayl need to specify your " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setupSCSI.xml:19 +msgid "" +"If you have had to specify your <acronym>PCI</acronym> " +"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> adapter(s), <application>DrakX</application> will " +"ask if you want to pass configuration options to it. Allow " +"<application>DrakX</application> to probe the hardware to determine any " +"card-specific options needed to initialize the adapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setupSCSI.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<application>DrakX</application> will usually complete this step without " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setupSCSI.xml:29 +msgid "" +"If <application>DrakX</application> cannot automatically determine the " +"parameters to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually configure " +"the driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setupSCSI.xml:34 +msgid "" +"How you determine these parameters is beyond the scope of this help screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Configuring X, the Graphical Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:8 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-configureX.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-setupX-im3\" revision=\"2\" " +"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:13 +msgid "X Window System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:13 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><application>X</application> (for " +"X Window System) is the heart of the <application>GNU/Linux</application> " +"graphical interface on which all the graphical environments " +"(<application>KDE</application>, <application>GNOME</application>, " +"<application>AfterStep</application>, " +"<application>WindowMaker</application>, etc.) bundled with " +"<application>Mageia</application> rely on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You will see a list of different parameters which you can change in order to " +"optimize your graphical display." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:27 +msgid "Graphic Card" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:34 +msgid "" +"If everything works fine, the installer should detect and configure the " +"video card installed on your machine. If the detection or configuration is " +"incorrect, you can choose the card installed on your system from a list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:44 +msgid "Monitor" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If the installer fails to detect or configure your monitor properly, you can " +"choose from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:53 +msgid "Resolution" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your " +"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be " +"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen " +"configuration will be shown in the monitor picture." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:64 +msgid "Test" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><note><para> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:68 +msgid "Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:73 +msgid "" +"The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired resolution. If " +"you see the test message during the test and answer <guimenu>Yes</guimenu>, " +"then <application>DrakX</application> will proceed to the next step. If you " +"don't see it, it means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was " +"incorrect and the test will automatically end after a few seconds and return " +"you to the menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:85 en/harddrake2.xml:66 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:88 +msgid "" +"This step allows you to choose whether you want your machine to " +"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may " +"want to select the <guilabel>No</guilabel> option if your machine is to act " +"as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-takeOverHdChoose-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Choose drive to install Linux on" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-takeOverHdChoose-sect1.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new " +"<application>Mageia</application> partition. Be careful, all data on this " +"drive will be lost and will not be recoverable!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakx-takeOverHdConfirm-sect1.xml:3 +msgid "Deprecated - Confirm data deletion" +msgstr "" + +#. The arrows aren't on the button anymore -marja -> +#. -> +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-takeOverHdConfirm-sect1.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you want to delete all data and " +"partitions present on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> you will not be able to recover any data and " +"partitions present on this hard drive, including any " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> data." +msgstr "" + +#. <- +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakx-takeOverHdConfirm-sect1.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> to quit this operation without " +"losing data and partitions present on this hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:10 +msgid "Hardware configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:12 +msgid "harddrake2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"harddrake2.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"harddrake2-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:22 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of " +"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job " +"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " +"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in " +"<code>ldetect-lst</code> package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:31 +msgid "The window" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:33 +msgid "The window is divided in two columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:35 +msgid "" +"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " +"grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " +"category. Each device can be selected in this column." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:39 +msgid "" +"The right column displays information about the selected device. The " +"<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " +"about the content of the fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:43 +msgid "" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:48 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " +"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " +"used by experts only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:54 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " +"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " +"enable automatic detection:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:73 +msgid "modem" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:77 +msgid "Jaz devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:81 +msgid "Zip parallel devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:83 +msgid "" +"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " +"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " +"be operational the next time this tool is started." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 +msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7 +msgid "keyboarddrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"keyboarddrake.png\" xml:id=\"keyboarddrake-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 +msgid "" +"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you " +"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on " +"Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can " +"be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " +"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 +msgid "Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 +msgid "Keyboard Type" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39 +msgid "" +"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " +"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/localedrake.xml:10 +msgid "Manage localization for your system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/localedrake.xml:13 +msgid "localedrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/localedrake.xml:17 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"localedrake.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"localedrake-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:24 +msgid "" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the " +"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage " +"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " +"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:31 +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " +"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:34 +msgid "" +"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " +"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " +"countries not listed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:38 +msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/localedrake.xml:42 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:44 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " +"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " +"Korean, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:48 +msgid "" +"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " +"users should not need to configure it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " +"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " +"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/logdrake.xml:3 +msgid "View and search system logs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/logdrake.xml:5 +msgid "logdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/logdrake.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"logdrake-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"logdrake.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " +"logs</guilabel>\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/logdrake.xml:22 +msgid "To do a search in the logs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:24 +msgid "" +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " +"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) " +"to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is " +"possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " +"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " +"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " +"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " +"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " +"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:36 +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/logdrake.xml:43 +msgid "To configure a mail alert" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:45 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " +"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:49 +msgid "" +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " +"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " +"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " +"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " +"look watch. (See screenshot above)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:55 +msgid "The following services can be watched :" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:59 +msgid "Webmin Service" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:63 +msgid "Postfix Mail Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:67 +msgid "FTP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:71 +msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:75 +msgid "SSH Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:79 +msgid "Samba Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:83 +msgid "Xinetd Service" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:87 +msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject> +#: en/logdrake.xml:90 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"logdrake1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:97 +msgid "" +"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " +"to 3 times the number of processors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:103 +msgid "" +"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " +"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " +"or on the Internet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:5 +msgid "Mageia Test Document" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:8 +msgid "Testing testing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This is a <application>Mageia</application> test document. This is an " +"absolute minimal format XML document. As you can see: It's not very " +"complex..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:11 +msgid "" +"I nicked the container from an old <application>Mandriva</application> XML " +"document and have been using it to play with XML rather than alter any of " +"the main documentation files. <note userlevel=\"beginner\">" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:15 +msgid "This is an interesting note with a revision tag.." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:18 +msgid "This is the first item in a list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:19 +msgid "This is the second item" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 +msgid "Software Packages Update" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5 +msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"MageiaUpdate-im1\" " +"align=\"center\" fileref=\"MageiaUpdate.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management.</emphasis>¶" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 +msgid "" +"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with " +"rpmdrake-edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you " +"are prompted to do so." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 +msgid "" +"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 +msgid "" +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"means you can click to drop down a text." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:20 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"MageiaUpdate1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 +msgid "" +"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " +". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 +msgid "Boot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-boot.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-boot-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " +"steps. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 +msgid "Configure boot steps" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:8 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-hardware.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-hardware-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " +"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 +msgid "Manage your hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " +"hardware</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34 +msgid "Configure graphics" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " +"effects</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48 +msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61 +msgid "Configure printing and scanning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3 +msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options to choose from " +"in the left column. Each of these options gives a different set of tools " +"that can be selected in the big right panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 +msgid "" +"The eight following chapters are about those eight options and the related " +"tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 +msgid "" +"The titles of those pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " +"screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 +msgid "" +"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " +"the \"Search\" tab in the left column." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 +msgid "Local disks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"mcc-localdisks-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"mcc-localdisks.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " +"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17 +msgid "Network Services" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:8 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"mcc-networkservices.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"mcc-networkservices-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " +"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4 +msgid "Network Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:8 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"mcc-networksharing-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"mcc-networksharing.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " +"directories. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 +msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " +"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 +msgid "Configure NFS shares" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27 +msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:3 +msgid "Network and Internet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"mcc-network.png\" xml:id=\"mcc-network-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:12 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:18 +msgid "Manage your network devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:21 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:25 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:29 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:36 +msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:39 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:43 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:47 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:51 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:61 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-security.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-security-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:16 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " +"link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " +"permissions and audit</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:25 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:29 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:33 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:37 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:8 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-sharing.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-sharing-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:4 +msgid "System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:8 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mcc-system.png\" " +"xml:id=\"mcc-system-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:13 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " +"tools. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:18 +msgid "Manage system services" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:20 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:24 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:28 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:35 +msgid "Localization" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:37 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:41 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:48 +msgid "Administration tools" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:50 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:54 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:58 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " +"system</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:62 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:66 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">" +"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 +msgid "Configure updates frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5 +msgid "mgaapplet-config" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"mgaapplet-config-im1\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"mgaapplet-config.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " +"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " +"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " +"out." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:3 +msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:6 +msgid "mousedrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"mousedrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"mousedrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:20 +msgid "" +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:23 +msgid "" +"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse " +"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " +"PS/2 & USB mice\"' is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " +"immediately taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/msecgui.xml:3 +msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/msecgui.xml:3 +msgid "msecgui" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/msecgui.xml:7 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"msecgui-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"msecgui.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3 +msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6 +msgid "rpmdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"rpmdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"rpmdrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18 +msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, " +"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the " +"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online " +"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official " +"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages " +"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only " +"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " +"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " +"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 +msgid "" +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref " +"linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:39 +msgid "The main parts of the screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:51 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:53 +msgid "" +"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " +"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " +"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:70 +msgid "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " +"</firstterm>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:73 +msgid "" +"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " +"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " +"not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:79 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " +"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " +"in the packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:87 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 +msgid "" +"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " +"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " +"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97 +msgid "" +"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " +"box ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:102 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:104 +msgid "" +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:109 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 +msgid "" +"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:121 +msgid "The status column" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:123 +msgid "" +"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by " +"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A " +"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " +"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " +"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " +"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139 +msgid "Icon" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:141 +msgid "Legend" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:148 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:153 +msgid "This package is already installed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:158 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake3.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:163 +msgid "This package will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:168 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake4.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:173 +msgid "This package cannot be modified" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:178 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake5.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 +msgid "This package is an update" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:188 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake6.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:193 +msgid "This package will be uninstalled" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:131 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 +msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:203 +msgid "" +"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " +"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " +"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:211 +msgid "" +"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " +"with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " +"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219 +msgid "The dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:223 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake7.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:229 +msgid "" +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " +"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " +"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " +"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/sample-page-icons.xml:3 en/sample-page-simple.xml:10 +msgid "Simple sample page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/sample-page-icons.xml:7 +msgid "Paragraph with <emphasis>note</emphasis> icon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/sample-page-icons.xml:12 +msgid "Paragraph with <emphasis>tip</emphasis> icon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/sample-page-icons.xml:17 +msgid "Paragraph with <emphasis>warning</emphasis> icon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/sample-page-icons.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>If you want to use other icons, make sure you import some cc-by-sa " +"ones first.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/sample-page-itemized-list.xml:6 +msgid "Sample page with itemized list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/sample-page-itemized-list.xml:11 +msgid "" +"If you want to copy this list to your page, don't forget to adjust the page " +"names and paragraph numbers in the code" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/sample-page-itemized-list.xml:15 +msgid "First item on the list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/sample-page-itemized-list.xml:20 +msgid "Second item on the list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/sample-page-itemized-list.xml:25 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/sample-page-picture.xml:8 +msgid "Sample page with picture" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/sample-page-picture.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Look at the xml code of this page to see how the picture below was inserted" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/sample-page-picture.xml:30 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/sample-page-sections.xml:9 +msgid "Sample page with several sections" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/sample-page-sections.xml:11 +msgid "This is the first section" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/sample-page-sections.xml:12 +msgid "This section is nested in a section that covers the whole page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/sample-page-sections.xml:20 +msgid "This is the second section" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/sample-page-sections.xml:21 +msgid "" +"In html you can link to it by adding #second-section to the link to this " +"page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/sample-page-sections.xml:25 +msgid "This is the third section" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/sample-page-sections.xml:27 +msgid "" +"And this section will be shown when going to " +"<code>/sample-page-sections#third-section</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/sample-page-simple.xml:12 +msgid "" +"TEST3: Again writing a line to test whether version number is increased on " +"saving this file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/sample-page-simple.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can use this page to make another simple page, but if you do so, don't " +"forget to not only change the name of this file, but to change the page name " +"in the code of this page, too" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/sample-page-simple.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Everywhere where you see <code>sample-page-simple</code> in the code, you " +"should change that into your page name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/sample-page-simple.xml:19 +msgid "" +"If you want to make more paragraphs, copy one and change its number in the " +"code, for instance <code>pa3</code> to <code>pa4</code> and then change the " +"content. It is possible to put a paragraph between existing ones by adding a " +"letter to the number, e.g. <code>pa2a</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 +msgid "Set up scanner" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11 +msgid "scannerdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " +"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " +"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes " +"scanning. It also allows you to share local devices connected to this " +"computer with a remote computer or to access remote scanners." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 +msgid "" +"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " +"message:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 +msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install " +"<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:43 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50 +msgid "" +"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " +"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " +"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 +msgid "" +"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " +"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 +msgid "" +"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its " +"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " +"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " +"scanner manually</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:68 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake2.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im2\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 +msgid "" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " +"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " +"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 +msgid "Choose port" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake3.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im3\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 +msgid "" +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " +"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that " +"case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 +msgid "" +"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " +"similar to the one below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 +msgid "" +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " +"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:107 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake4.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im4\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117 +msgid "Scannersharing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:121 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake5.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im5\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " +"this machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 +msgid "" +"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " +"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " +"this computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 +msgid "" +"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " +"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:142 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake6.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im6\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149 +msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:152 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake7.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im7\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159 +msgid "" +"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " +"machines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:163 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake8.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im8\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170 +msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:174 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake9.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im9\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181 +msgid "" +"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " +"offers to do it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 +msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186 +msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188 +msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " +"\"net\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 +msgid "" +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 +msgid "Specifics" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205 +msgid "Hewlett-Packard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207 +msgid "" +"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " +"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " +"Manager</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 +msgid "Epson" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 +msgid "" +"Drivers are available from <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">" +"this " +"page</link>. When indicated, you must install the " +"<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 +msgid "Extra installation steps" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234 +msgid "" +"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " +"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " +"steps to correctly configure your scanner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded " +"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, " +"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " +"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " +"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 +msgid "" +"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " +"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 +msgid "" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 +msgid "" +"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 +msgid "Software Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/software-management.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"software-management-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"software-management.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/software-management.xml:14 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software " +"management. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/software-management.xml:17 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/software-management.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " +"system</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/software-management.xml:23 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/software-management.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " +"sources for install and update</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 +msgid "Install and configure a printer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11 +msgid "system-config-printer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:15 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"system-config-printer-im1\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"system-config-printer.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link " +"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration " +"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia " +"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " +"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " +"and openSUSE." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 +msgid "" +"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " +"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " +"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 +msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45 +msgid "task-printing-server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47 +msgid "task-printing-hp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " +"dependencies are needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 +msgid "" +"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to " +"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a " +"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " +"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " +"will also attempt to configure a network printer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 +msgid "Automatically detected printer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 +msgid "" +"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " +"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 +msgid "No automatically detected printer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:75 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"printer3.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 +msgid "" +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 +msgid "Select printer from database" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92 +msgid "provide PPD file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98 +msgid "search for a driver to download" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer " +"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one " +"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " +"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " +"which know to work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 +msgid "Complete the installation process" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112 +msgid "" +"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will " +"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is " +"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of " +"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " +"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " +"printers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 +msgid "Network printer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 +msgid "" +"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " +"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " +"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " +"after \"HWaddr\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 +msgid "" +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " +"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " +"says \"host\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 +msgid "" +"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " +"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " +"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 +msgid "" +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 +msgid "Network printing protocols" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162 +msgid "" +"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as " +"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network " +"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is " +"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " +"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the " +"IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" " +"can manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " +"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " +"IP-adress is not required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 +msgid "" +"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " +"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " +"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:179 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"printer5.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184 +msgid "The other protocols are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can " +"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " +"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " +"some ADSL-routers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " +"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " +"defined. By default, the port 631 is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " +"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " +"connected to a station using LPD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " +"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 +msgid "" +"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " +"the URI:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 +msgid "Appsocket" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233 +msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237 +msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239 +msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241 +msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245 +msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247 +msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 +msgid "" +"Additional information can be found in the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS " +"documentation.</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 +msgid "Device Properties" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 +msgid "" +"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the " +"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " +"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters " +"of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270 +msgid "" +"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " +"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 +msgid "" +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " +"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 +msgid "" +"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " +"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package " +"is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " +"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report " +"the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " +"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " +"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other " +"up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 +msgid "" +"<link " +"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/downl" +"oad_prn.html\">This " +"page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " +"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 +msgid "" +"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " +"devices</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 +msgid "" +"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " +"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " +"<link " +"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</link>. " +"The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the " +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\"" +">configuration</link> " +"for the management of the printer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 +msgid "" +"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner " +"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't " +"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this " +"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the " +"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " +"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " +"card which is appeared in the /media folder." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 +msgid "" +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " +"for the QPDL protocol." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 +msgid "" +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this " +"search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the " +"\"iscan-data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin " +"package can also be available and is to install. Choose the " +"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 +msgid "" +"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " +"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338 +msgid "" +"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 +msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12 +msgid "transfugdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"transfugdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"transfugdrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " +"labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " +"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " +"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " +"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 +msgid "" +"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " +"explanation about the tool and import options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 +msgid "" +"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " +"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 +msgid "" +"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " +"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:50 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " +"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " +"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " +"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " +"import purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 +msgid "" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import documents:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:79 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 +msgid "" +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " +"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " +"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " +"appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 +msgid "" +"When you finished with the document import method choosing press " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:94 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake3.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 +msgid "" +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 +msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:115 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake4.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 +msgid "" +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 +msgid "" +"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " +"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:127 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake5.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:10 +msgid "Mandrakelinux" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:6 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"1\"/> If for any reason you want to uninstall " +"<application>Mageia</application>, you can do so. The process of " +"uninstalling <application>Mageia</application> is done in two steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Removing partitions on your hard drive will inevitably result in the loss of " +"all data stored on those partitions. Please make sure you've backed up all " +"of the data you want to keep <emphasis>before</emphasis> proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Delete all partitions related to <application>Mageia</application> on your " +"hard drive (usually partitions hosting <acronym>ext3</acronym> file systems " +"and the <systemitem>Swap</systemitem> partition) and — optionally — replace " +"them with a single partition using " +"<application>DiskDrake</application><phrase condition=\"Starter\" " +"xml:id=\"BIdNEW-uninstall-linux-ph1\" revision=\"1\"> (see <xref " +"linkend=\"diskdrake\" />)</phrase>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary> +#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:48 +msgid "lilo" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary> +#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:50 +msgid "Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Remove<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder " +"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"1\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" " +"id=\"2\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"3\"/> the bootloader, " +"<application>LILO</application> in this example, from the Master Boot Record " +"(<acronym>MBR</acronym>). To do so, execute <command>lilo -U</command> in a " +"console, as <literal>root</literal>. Doing this will not only uninstall " +"<application>LILO</application> but will also restore the previous master " +"boot record, if any." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a different boot loader, please refer to its documentation to " +"determine how to regenerate the master boot record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/userdrake.xml:11 +msgid "Users and Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/userdrake.xml:13 +msgid "userdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/userdrake.xml:17 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"userdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"userdrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:22 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " +"labelled \"Manage users on system\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:31 +msgid "" +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:35 +msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:37 +msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/userdrake.xml:40 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"userdrake1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:45 +msgid "" +"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " +"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " +"or nothing as well!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:49 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly " +"recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the " +"password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should " +"use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The " +"shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:59 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:62 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " +"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " +"are Bash, Dash and Sh." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:66 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " +"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " +"user as the only member (this may be edited)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:70 +msgid "" +"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " +"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:73 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:75 +msgid "" +"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " +"group ID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:78 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:80 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " +"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:83 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/userdrake.xml:86 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"userdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:91 +msgid "" +"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " +"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:95 +msgid "" +"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " +"as the account is locked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:98 +msgid "It is also possible to change the icon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:100 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " +"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " +"password periodically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/userdrake.xml:105 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"userdrake3.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:110 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " +"that the user is a member of." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:114 +msgid "" +"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " +"effective until his/her next login." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:118 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:120 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " +"group name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:123 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " +"users who are members of the group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:126 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " +"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " +"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:133 +msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:136 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:138 +msgid "" +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:141 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:143 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " +"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " +"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " +"account</guimenu>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:3 +msgid "Set up the graphical server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:5 +msgid "XFdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:9 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"XFdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"XFdrake.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " +"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " +"as root. Mind the capital letters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " +"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " +"one with a proprietary driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +msgid "" +"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " +"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " +"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " +"Xorg</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +msgid "" +"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " +"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " +"in your Desktop Environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +msgid "" +"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " +"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " +"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +msgid "" +"</note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you " +"want to use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " +"example)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +msgid "" +"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +msgid "" +"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " +"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><mediaobject> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:60 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"XFdrake1.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " +"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +msgid "" +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " +"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " +"select an uncomfortable setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +msgid "" +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +msgid "" +"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " +"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " +"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " +"graphical environment doesn't work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +msgid "" +"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +msgid "" +"</note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't " +"want to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything " +"is right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +msgid "Options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable " +"Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to " +"restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " +"three specific features depending on the graphic card." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " +"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " +"may be unchecked for a server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " +"and reconnect to activate the new configuration." +msgstr "" + |